SCHEDULE 1
Article 2
MODIFICATIONS
subject to which provisions of the broadcasting act 1996 extend TO JERSEY
1
Any reference to a
provision of the Broadcasting Act 1990 (āthe
1990 Actā) shall be construed as a reference to that provision as it has
effect in the Bailiwick of Jersey.
2
The following provisions, that is ā
section 1(4),
section 12(1)(h),
section 13(1),
section 19(2)(b),
section 20,
section 24(3),
section 28 (and the provisions
referred to in section 28(3) as enacted),
section
40(5),
section
41(3),
section
54(1),
section
46(1),
section
63(3),
section 98(2),
section 102(3) and (4),
the provisions referred to in
section 36(2) as enacted, and
the provisions referred to in
section 69(2) as enacted,
shall have effect as if any order made under, respectively ā
section
1(5),
section
12(5),
section
13(2),
section
19(8),
section
21(1),
section
24(3)(b),
section
28(3),
section
40(6),
section
41(4),
section
54(3),
section
55(2),
section 63(3),
section 98(3),
section 102(4)(b),
section 36(1), and
section 69(1) as enacted,
and which is for the time being in force in the United Kingdom, had extended to the
Bailiwick of Jersey.
3
In section 1 ā
(a) subsections (5) and (6)
shall be omitted; and
(b) in
subsection (7) ā
(i) in the definition of
ābroadcastā, paragraph (b) and the word āorā
immediately preceding it shall be omitted; and
(ii) in the definition of āfor general
receptionā, there shall be added at the end the words āand the
Bailiwick of Jersey.ā.
4
In section 2 ā
(a) in
subsection (1), paragraph (b) shall be omitted; and
(b) subsection
(4) shall be omitted.
5
In section 3(8), for the words āsection 7 of the Telecommunications Act
1984ā
there shall be substituted āPart 2 of the Telecommunications
(Jersey) Law 2002[5]ā.
6
In section 4(4), after the words āsuch tariffā there
shall be inserted āin the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
7
In section 5(1)(b), for āIII to Vā there shall be
substituted āIII and IVā.
8
In section 7(1)(c), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
9
In section 8(1), after the words āUnited Kingdomā
there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
10
In section 12, subsections (5) and (6) shall be omitted.
11
In section 13, subsections (2) and (3) shall be omitted.
12
In section 19 ā
(a) in
subsection (6), after the words āUnited Kingdomā, there shall
be inserted ā(including on behalf of the Bailiwick of Jersey)ā; and
(b) subsections
(8) and (9) shall be omitted.
13
In section 24, subsection
(4) shall be omitted.
14
In section 25(5), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
15
In
section 28 ā
(a) subsections
(3) and (7), and
(b) in
subsection (6), the words from āWithout prejudiceā to
ācases),ā
shall be omitted.
16
In section 31, the words āthe Welsh authority orā
shall be omitted.
17
In section 33 ā
(a) in
subsection (1)(a) ā
(i) after
the words āUnited
Kingdomā in each place where they
occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā; and
(ii) in
sub-paragraph (ii), the words ā, S4C Digitalā shall be
omitted;
(b) in
subsection (3) ā
(i) in
paragraph (c), the words āor IIā shall be omitted; and
(ii) for
paragraph (d) there shall be substituted ā
ā(d) the
Economic Development Committee of the States of Jersey;ā.
18
In section 38 ā
(a) in
subsection (1), for paragraph (c) and the word āorā
immediately preceding it there shall be substituted ā
ā(bb) if the
licence is for the provision of a service for the Bailiwick of Jersey, be paid
to the Treasurer of the States of Jersey, or
(c) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for an area consisting of ā
(i) the Bailiwick of Jersey and the whole or part of the United Kingdom,
(ii) the Bailiwick of Jersey and the Bailiwick of Guernsey, or
(iii) the Bailiwick of Jersey, the Bailiwick of Guernsey and the whole or part
of the United Kingdom,
as respects such proportion of the amount as the Commission consider
appropriate, be paid as mentioned in paragraph (bb) above.ā; and
(b) in
subsection (5) ā
(i) after
the words āNorthern
Irelandā there shall be inserted
āand the Treasurer of the States of Jerseyā;
(ii) after
the words āAuditor Generalā, where they first occur, there shall be
inserted āand to the Treasurer of the States of Jerseyā; and
(iii) after
the word āParliamentā there shall be inserted āand the
Treasurer of the States of Jersey shall lay copies of the account before the
States of Jerseyā.
19
In section 39(1),
the definitions of āS4Cā, āon S4Cā, āS4C
Digitalā and āon S4C Digitalā shall be omitted.
20
In section 40 ā
(a) after
the words āUnited
Kingdomā in each place where they
occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā;
(b) subsections
(6) and (7); and
(c) in
subsection (8), in the definition of ābroadcastā, paragraph (b)
shall be omitted.
21
In section 41, subsections (4)
to (6) shall be omitted.
22
In section 42(7), for the words āsection 7 of the Telecommunications Act
1984ā there
shall be substituted āPart 2 of the Telecommunications
(Jersey) Law 2002[6]ā.
23
In section 46(1)(c), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
24
In section 47(1), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
25
In section 49(1), the words āand every BBC radio service for
Wales,
Scotland
or Northern Irelandā
shall be omitted.
26
In section 50(2)(c), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
27
In section 54, subsections (3) and (4) shall be omitted.
28
In section 55, subsections (2) and (3) shall be omitted.
29
In section 63, subsections (3) and (4) shall be omitted.
30
In section 67(1)(a), after the words āUnited Kingdomā in each place
where they occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā.
31
In section 71 ā
(a) in
subsection (1), for paragraph (c) and the word āorā
immediately preceding it there shall be substituted ā
ā(bb) if the
licence is for the provision of a service for the Bailiwick of Jersey, be paid
to the Treasurer of the States of Jersey, or
(c) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for an area consisting of ā
(i) the Bailiwick of Jersey and the whole or part of the United Kingdom,
(ii) the Bailiwick of Jersey and the Bailiwick of Guernsey, or
(iii) the Bailiwick of Jersey, the Bailiwick of Guernsey and the whole or part
of the United Kingdom,
as respects such proportion of the amount as the Commission consider
appropriate, be paid as mentioned in paragraph (bb) above.ā; and
(b) in
subsection (5) ā
(i) after
the words āNorthern
Irelandā there shall be inserted
āand the Treasurer of the States of Jerseyā;
(ii) after
the words āAuditor Generalā, where they first occur, there shall be
inserted āand to the Treasurer of the States of Jerseyā; and
(iii) after
the word āParliamentā there shall be inserted āand the
Treasurer of the States of Jersey shall lay copies of the account before the
States of Jerseyā.
32
In section 72(2), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āor to an area in the United Kingdom and the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā.
33
In section 84, subsections (3) and (4) shall be omitted.
34
In section 86, subsection (3) shall be omitted.
35
In section 88(4), for the words āSubsections (8) and
(9) areā there shall be substituted āSubsection (8) isā.
36
In section 97 ā
(a) in
subsection (2), after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted ā
ā(bb) the Economic
Development Committee of the States of Jersey,ā,
and
(b) in
subsection (4), for the words āWales or Northern Irelandā there shall
be substituted āWales,
Northern Ireland
or the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
37
In section 98, subsections (3) and (4) shall be omitted.
38
In section 99 ā
(a) in
subsection (1), after the words āUnited Kingdomā in each place
where they occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā;
(b) in
subsection (2), the words ā, the Welsh Authorityā shall
be omitted.
39
In section 100(1), after the words āUnited Kingdomā in both
places where they occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā.
40
In section 101(1), after the words āUnited Kingdomā in both
places where they occur there shall be inserted āand the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā.
41
In section 102, subsection (5) shall be omitted.
42
In section 103(3), the words āor the Welsh Authorityā shall
be omitted.
43
In section 104(4), paragraph (b) shall be omitted.
44
In section 107 ā
(a) in
subsection (4), after paragraph (a) there shall be inserted ā
(aa) the Economic
Development Committee of the States of Jersey,
andā; and
(b) in
subsection (5), paragraph (b) shall be omitted.
45
In section 108 ā
(a) in
subsection (4), after paragraph (a) there shall be inserted ā
ā(aa) the Economic
Development Committee of the States of Jersey,
andā; and
(b) in
subsection (5) ā
(i) paragraph (b);
and
(ii) paragraph (d)
and the word ā, andā immediately preceding it,
shall be omitted.
46
In section 109, after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.
47
In section 114(2), after the words āUnited Kingdomā in both
places where they occur there shall be inserted āor the Bailiwick of
Jerseyā.
48
In section 116(6), the definition of ālicensed serviceā
shall be omitted.
49
In section 117, the words from āand ofā to
āoffences)ā shall be omitted.
50
Section 119(12) shall be omitted.
51
In section 124, subsection (4) shall be omitted.
52
In section 125, subsection (6) shall be omitted.
53
In section 130(1) ā
(a) in
the definition of ābroadcasting bodyā, the words āor the
Welsh authorityā shall be omitted;
(b) in
the definition of ālicensed serviceā ā
(i) the
words ā, subject toā to ā125(6),ā shall be
omitted;
(ii) in
paragraph (c), after the words āUnited Kingdomā there shall
be inserted āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā; and
(iii) in
paragraph (e), the words āprovided by a person other than the Welsh
authorityā shall be omitted; and
(c) the
definition of ālocal delivery serviceā shall be omitted.
54
In section 142(7) ā
(a) in
the definition of ālicensed serviceā ā
(i) the
words āor IIā and āor provided under a relevant cable
licenceā shall be omitted; and
(ii) at
the end there shall be added āor any service broadcast or transmitted for
general reception in the Bailiwick of Jersey, or in the Bailiwick of Jersey and
the Bailiwick of Guernsey, onlyā; and
(b) the
definition of ārelevant cable licenceā shall be omitted.
55
In section 143(1)
and (2), the words āor IIā shall be omitted.
56
In
section 144 ā
(a) in
subsection (4), the word āsummaryā shall be omitted, and for
ālevel 5ā there shall be substituted
ālevel 4ā;
(b) in
subsection (5)(a), the words āor IIā shall be omitted; and
(c) at
the end there shall be added ā
ā(6) In subsection (4),
āstandard scaleā means the standard scale of fines for the time
being laid down in the Schedule to the Standard Scale of Fines (Jersey) Law 1993.[7]ā.
57
In section 146 ā
(a) in
subsection (2), the words from āmade byā to āNorthern Irelandā,
and
(b) subsection
(3),
shall be omitted.
58
In section 150, subsections (2)
to (4) shall be omitted.
59
In Schedule 3, paragraphs 1, 3 to 11, and 14 shall be omitted.
60
In Schedule 8, paragraph 4 shall be omitted.
61
In Schedule 10 ā
(a) paragraphs
4, 8, 10, 16, 18 and 20;
(b) in
paragraph 21, sub-paragraph (c) and the word āandā
immediately preceding it; and
(c) paragraphs
22 to 32,
shall be omitted.
62
In Part I of Schedule 11 ā
(a) the
entries relating to the House of
Commons Disqualification Act 1975 and the Northern Ireland Assembly Act 1975
shall be omitted; and
(b) in
the repeals of provisions of the Broadcasting
Act 1990 ā
(i) for
āSection 45(8) and (9)ā there shall be substituted
āSection 45(8)ā; and
(ii) the
entries relating to sections 47 and 72 and Schedules 19 and 20 shall be
omitted.
SCHEDULE 2
Article 3
AMENDMENTS
OF THE BROADCASTING ACT 1990 (JERSEY) (no. 2)
ORDER 1991
In the Schedule ā
(a) in
paragraph 1(a)[8] (section 2), for āsubsection (1)(a) and (b)ā
there shall be substituted āsubsection (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d)ā;
(b) in
paragraph 7[9] (section 24), after the words ā(provision of
Channel 4)ā there shall be inserted ā(a)ā and at the end
there shall be added ā
(b) in
subsection (5)(a), after the words āUnited Kingdomā insert
āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā; and
(c) in
subsection (6)(a), after the words āUnited Kingdomā where they
first occur insert ā, the Bailiwick of Jerseyā; and in the second
place where they occur, insert āor the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.ā;
(c) after
paragraph 10,[10] there shall be inserted ā
ā10A. In
section 31(2)(a), after the words āUnited Kingdomā insert
āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.ā;
(d) after
paragraph 12,[11] there shall be inserted ā
ā12A. In
section 42A (restricted services), after the words āUnited Kingdomā
insert āor the Bailiwick of Jerseyā.ā;
(e) for
paragraph 13[12] there shall be substituted ā
ā13. In
section 43 (satellite services) ā
(a) in
subsection (2) ā
(i) for paragraph (a)(ii)
substitute ā
ā(ii) for general reception
anywhere in the world,ā,
(ii) omit paragraph (b)
and the word āorā immediately preceding it;
(b) in
subsection (3A), for the words ā, a Channel 4 company or an S4C
companyā substitute āor a Channel 4 companyā;
(c) in
subsection (4) ā
(i) after the
definition of āallocated frequencyā insert ā
ā āthe United Kingdomā includes the
Bailiwick of Jersey;ā,
(ii) omit the
definition of āprescribed countryā,
(iii) in the definition of
ārelevant broadcasting bodyā, omit paragraph (c) and the word
āandā immediately preceding it.ā;ā;
(f) after
paragraph 18,[13] there shall be inserted ā
ā18A. In
section 66A (enforcement of licences held by BBC companies), in
subsection (2) omit paragraph (d).ā;
(g) in
paragraph 21[14] (section 84), at the end, there shall be inserted ā
ā(d) in
subsection (3A) ā
(i) for the words
ā, a Channel 4 company or an S4C companyā substitute āor
a Channel 4 companyā; and
(ii) in paragraph (b),
after the words āUnited
Kingdomā insert āor the
Bailiwick of Jerseyā; and
(e) in
subsection (3B), paragraph (c) and the word āandā
immediately preceding it shall be omitted;ā;
(h) after
paragraph 29,[15] there shall be inserted ā
ā29A. In section 104B ā
(a) in
subsection (2)(b), after the words āUnited Kingdomā insert
āor the Bailiwick of Jerseyā;
(b) for
subsection (6) substitute ā
ā(6) Subsection (1) has
effect as if any order under section 104B(6) of the Broadcasting Act 1990 for the time being in force in the United Kingdom had extended to the
Bailiwick of Jersey.ā; and
(c) omit
subsection (7).ā;
(i) in
paragraph 51[16] (Schedule 2) ā
(i) for
sub-paragraph (a), there shall be substituted ā
(i) in
paragraph 3A, after the words āUnited Kingdomā in each place
where they occur, insert āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā,
(ii) omit paragraph 4;ā;
(ii) for
sub-paragraph (b) there shall be substituted ā
(i) in paragraph 3(1)(a),
for the words āthe Welsh authorityā substitute āthe States of
Jerseyā,
(ii) in
paragraph 5A(1), omit paragraph (b) and the word āandā
immediately preceding it, and
(iii) omit paragraph 5A(3);ā;
(iii) for
sub-paragraph (c) there shall be substituted ā
(i) after
paragraph 1(4), insert ā
ā(5) This Part has effect as if
any order under paragraph 2(6) or (7), 3(7), 5(5), 6, 7 (1) or (9), 8(1),
10(1) or (2), 11(5), 13, 14(5), 16(1) or (2) of Part III of Schedule 2
to the Broadcasting
Act 1990 for the time being in force in the
United Kingdom had extended to the Bailiwick of Jersey.ā,
(ii) omit paragraphs
2(6) and (7), 3(7), 6, 7(9) and (10), 10, 11(5), 13, 14(5), 16(1) to (3), and
(iii) in paragraph 2(3),
in paragraph (a), after the words āUnited Kingdomā insert
āor the Bailiwick of Jerseyā, and omit paragraph (b) and the
word āorā immediately preceding it;ā;
(iv) for
sub-paragraph (d) there shall be substituted ā
(i) in paragraph 2,
after the words āUnited
Kingdomā in each place where they
occur, insert āand the Bailiwick of Jerseyā,
(ii) in
paragraph 2, at the end, add ā
ā(8) This Part of this Schedule
has effect as if any order under paragraph 5(5), 8(1) or 15(1) of
Part IV of the Broadcasting Act 1990 which is for
the time being in force in the United Kingdom had extended to the Bailiwick of
Jersey.ā,
(iii) omit paragraphs 5(5), 8
and 15, and
(iv) in paragraph 13(2),
at the end insert āor the Bailiwick of Jersey and, before making a
determination under any of those paragraphs which concerns the public interest
in the Bailiwick of Jersey, the relevant authority shall consult the
Broadcasting Committee of the States of Jerseyā;
BROADCASTING
ACT 1996
(1996 c. 55)
ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
PART I
DIGITAL
TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Introductory
Section
1 Multiplex
services and digital programme services.
2 Meaning
of āindependent analogue broadcasterā and āqualifying
serviceā.
General
provisions about licences
3 Licences
under Part I.
4 General
licences conditions.
5 Restrictions
on holding of licences under Part I.
Multiplex
services
6 Assignment
of frequencies by Secretary of State.
7 Multiplex
licences.
8 Award
of multiplex licences.
9 Power
to require two or more multiplex licences to be granted to one person.
10 Award
of multiplex licence subject to conditions.
11 Failure
to begin providing licensed service and financial penalties on revocation of
licence.
12 Conditions
attached to multiplex licence.
13 Additional
payments to be made in respect of multiplex licences.
14 Multiplex
revenue.
15 Attribution
of multiplex revenue to licence holder and others.
16 Duration
and renewal of multiplex licences.
17 Enforcement
of multiplex licences.
Digital
programme services
18 Licensing
of digital programme services.
19 Duration
and conditions of digital programme licence.
20 Code
relating to provision for deaf and visually impaired.
21 * * * * * * *
22 Compliance
with code under section 20.
23 Enforcement
of digital programme licences.
Digital
additional services provided on television broadcasting frequencies
24 Digital
additional services.
25 Licensing
of digital additional services.
26 Duration
and conditions of digital additional services licence.
27 Enforcement
of digital additional services licences.
Digital
broadcasting of services provided by independent analogue broadcasters
28 Provision
for broadcasting of services provided by independent analogue broadcasters.
29 * * * * * * *
30 The
qualifying teletext service.
31 Advertisements
included in qualifying services.
Miscellaneous
and supplemental
32 * * * * * * *
33 Review
of digital television broadcasting.
34 Promotion
of equal opportunities and fair treatment.
35 Enforcement
of licences held by BBC companies.
36 Power
to vary amount of financial penalties.
37 Computation
of multiplex revenue.
38 Certain
receipts of Commission to be paid into Consolidated Fund.
39 Interpretation
of Part I.
PART II
dIGITAL
TERRESTRIAL SOUND BROADCASTING
Introductory
40 Radio
multiplex services.
41 Meaning
of āindependent national broadcasterā and āsimulcast radio
serviceā.
General
provisions about licences
42 Licences
under Part II.
43 General
licence conditions.
44 Restrictions
on holding of licences under Part II.
Radio
multiplex services
45 Assignment
of frequencies by Secretary of State.
46 National
radio multiplex licences.
47 Award
of national radio multiplex licences.
48 Reservation
of capacity for independent national broadcasters.
49 Duty
of Authority to reserve digital capacity for certain purposes of BBC.
50 Local
radio multiplex licences.
51 Award
of local radio multiplex licences.
52 Power
to require two or more local radio multiplex licences to be granted to one
person.
53 Failure
to begin providing licensed service and financial penalties on revocation of
licence.
54 Conditions
attached to national or local radio multiplex licence.
55 Additional
payments to be made in respect of national radio multiplex licences.
56 Multiplex
revenue.
57 Attribution
of multiplex revenue to local holder and others.
58 Duration
and renewal of national or local radio multiplex licences.
59 Enforcement
of national or local radio multiplex licences.
Digital
sound programme services
60 Licensing
of digital sound programme services.
61 Duration
and conditions of digital sound programme licence.
62 Enforcement
of digital sound programme licences.
Digital
additional services provided on sound broadcasting frequencies
63 Digital
additional services.
64 Licensing
of digital additional services.
65 Duration
and conditions of digital additional services licence.
66 Enforcement
of digital additional services licences.
Miscellaneous
and supplemental
67 Review
of digital radio broadcasting.
68 Promotion
of equal opportunities and fair treatment.
69 Power
to vary amount of financial penalties.
70 Computation
of multiplex revenue.
71 Certain
receipts of Authority to be paid into Consolidated Fund.
72 Interpretation
of Part II.
PART III
AMENDMENTS
OF THE BROADCASTING ACT 1990
Restrictions
on holding of licences
73 Restrictions
on holding of licences.
Regional
Channel 3 services
74 Provision
of news programmes by holders of regional Channel 3 licences.
75 Appointment
of news provider by holders of regional Channel 3 licences.
76 Nomination
by Commission for purposes of section 31(2) of Broadcasting Act 1990.
77 * * * * * * *
78 Variation
of regional Channel 3 licence following change of control.
79 Powers
of Commission in relation to modification of replacement of networking
arrangements.
Channel
4 and S4C
80 * * * * * * *
81 * * * * * * *
82 Multiplex
revenue to be taken into account in connection with funding of Channel Four
Television Corporation.
83 Application
of excess revenues of Channel Four Television Corporation.
84 Extension
of powers of Channel Four Television Corporation and Sianel Pedwar Cymru.
Miscellaneous
amendments relating to television broadcasting
85 Restricted
television services.
86 Award
of certain licences subject to conditions.
87 Ancillary
services.
88 Enforcement
of licences to provide non-domestic satellite services.
89 Power
of Independent Television Commission to suspend licence to provide non-domestic
satellite service.
90 * * * * * * *
91 * * * * * * *
Sound
broadcasting
92 Renewal
of licences to provide national radio services.
93 Variation
of local radio licence following change of control.
94 * * * * * * *
95 * * * * * * *
96 Power
of Radio Authority to suspend licence to provide satellite service.
PART IV
SPORTING
AND OTHER EVENTS OF NATIONAL INTEREST
97 Listed
events.
98 Categories
of service.
99 Contract
for exclusive right to televise listed event to be void.
100 Contract for televising listed
event must specify category of service.
101 Restriction on televising of
listed event.
102 Power of Commission to impose
penalty.
103 Report to Secretary of State.
104 Code of guidance.
105 Interpretation of Part IV
and supplementary provisions.
PART V
THE
BROADCASTING STANDARDS COMMISSION
Establishment
of Broadcasting Standards Commission
106 The Broadcasting Standards
Commission.
Unjust
or unfair treatment or unwarranted infringement of privacy
107 Preparation
by BSC of code relating to avoidance of unjust or unfair treatment or
interference with privacy.
Portrayal
of violence or sexual conduct etc.
108 Preparation by BSC of code
relating to broadcasting standards generally.
109 Monitoring by BSC of
broadcasting standards.
Complaints
110 General functions of BSC in
relation to complaints.
111 Complaints of unfair treatment
etc.
112 Committee to consider fairness
complaints.
113 Complaints relating to taste and
decency, etc.
114 Supplementary provisions as to
making of complaints of either kind.
115 Consideration of fairness
complaints.
116 Consideration of standards
complaints.
117 Duty to retain recordings.
118 Power to pay allowances to
persons attending hearings.
119 Publication of BSCās
findings.
120 Reports on action taken
voluntarily in response to findings on complaints.
121 Certain
statements etc. protected by qualified privilege for purposes of defamation.
Miscellaneous
and general
122 Power of BSC to commission
research.
123 International representation by
BSC of Government interests.
124 Duty to publicise BSC.
125 Annual reports.
126 Reports to Secretary of State.
127 * * * * * * *
128 Transfer
of assets of Broadcasting Complaints Commission and Broadcasting Standards
Council to BSC and dissolution of those bodies.
129 Transitional
provisions relating to complaints.
130 Interpretation
of Part V.
PART VI
* * * * * * *
PART VII
* * * * * * *
PART VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
AND GENERAL
Standards
for transmission systems
142 Standards for transmission
systems.
Disqualification
on grounds relating to political objects
143 Duties
of Independent Television Commission and Radio Authority in cases involving
disqualification on grounds related to political objects.
Provision
of false information, etc.
144 Offence of providing false
information in certain circumstances.
145 Disqualification for offence of
supplying false information, etc.
146 Supplementary provisions as to
disqualification orders.
General
147 General interpretation.
148 Minor and consequential
amendments, repeals and revocations.
149 * * * * * * *
150 * * * * * * *
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1 ā Multiplex revenue:
supplementary provisions.
Part I ā Multiplex revenue for
purposes of Part I of this Act.
Part II ā Multiplex revenue for
purposes of Part II of this Act.
Schedule 2 ā Amendments of Broadcasting
Act 1990 relating to restrictions on holding of licences.
Part I ā Amendments of Part I of
Schedule 2.
Part II ā Amendments of Part II of
Schedule 2.
Part III ā Provisions substituted for
Part III of Schedule 2.
Part IV ā Provisions substituted for
Part IV of Schedule 2.
Part V ā Amendments of other
provisions of 1990 Act.
Schedule 3 ā Broadcasting Standards
Commission: supplementary provisions.
Schedule 4 ā Supplementary provisions
relating to dissolution of Broadcasting Complaints Commission and Broadcasting
Standards Council.
Schedule 5 ā *
*
*
*
*
Schedule 6 ā *
*
*
*
*
Schedule 7 ā *
*
*
*
*
Schedule 8 ā Amendments of Broadcasting
Act 1990 relating to services provided by BBC companies.
Schedule 9 ā *
*
*
*
*
Schedule 10 ā Minor and consequential amendments.
Part I ā Amendments of
Broadcasting Act 1990 relating to digital terrestrial broadcasting.
Part II ā Other amendments of
Broadcasting Act 1990.
Part III ā Amendments of other
enactments.
Schedule 11 ā Repeals and revocations.
Part I ā Enactments repealed.
Part II ā *
*
*
*
*
ELIZABETH II

1996 c. 55
AN ACT to make new provision about the
broadcasting in digital form of television and sound programme services and the
broadcasting in that form on television or radio frequencies of other services;
to amend the Broadcasting Act 1990;
to make provision about rights to televise sporting or other events of national
interest; to amend in other respects the law relating to the provision of
television and sound programme services; to provide for the establishment and
functions of a Broadcasting Standards Commission and for the dissolution of the
Broadcasting Complaints Commission and the Broadcasting Standards Council; to
make provision for the transfer to other persons of property, rights and
liabilities of the British Broadcasting Corporation relating to their
transmission network; and for connected purposes.
[24th July 1996]
BE IT ENACTED by the Queenās Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice
and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present
Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows[17] ā
PART I
DIGITAL
TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Introductory
1 Multiplex
services and digital programme services
(1) In
this Part āmultiplex serviceā means a service provided by any
person which consists in the broadcasting for general reception of two or more
services specified in subsection (3) by combining the relevant information
in digital form, together with any broadcasting in digital form of digital
additional services (as defined by section 24(1)).
(2) A
service in respect of which a licence under section 7 is in force is not
prevented from being a multiplex service at a particular time merely because
only one service specified in subsection (3) is being broadcast in digital
form at that time.
(3) The
services referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are ā
(a) a
digital programme service (as defined by subsection (4)), or
(b) a
qualifying service (as defined by section 2(2)).
(4) In
this Part ādigital programme serviceā means a service consisting in
the provision by any person of television programmes (together with any
ancillary services, as defined by section 24(2)) with a view to their
being broadcast in digital form for general reception, whether by him or by
some other person, but does not include ā
(a) a
qualifying service,
(b) a
teletext service, or
(c) any
service in the case of which the visual images to be broadcast do not consist
wholly or mainly of images capable of being seen as moving pictures,
except, in the case of a
service falling within paragraph (b) or (c), to the extent that it is an
ancillary service.
(5) *
*
*
*
*
(6) *
*
* *
*
(7) In
this section ā
ābroadcastā
means broadcast otherwise than ā
(a) by
satellite,
* * *
(b) *
*
*
*
*
āfor general
receptionā means for general reception in, or in any area in, the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey].
2 Meaning
of āindependent analogue broadcasterā and āqualifying
serviceā
(1) In
this Part āindependent analogue broadcasterā means ā
(a) the
Channel Four Television Corporation,
(b) *
*
*
*
*
(c) any
person who holds a Channel 3 licence or a Channel 5 licence, or
(d) the
public teletext provider.
(2) Subject
to subsections (4) and (5), in this Part āqualifying serviceā means
any service which ā
(a) is
provided by an independent analogue broadcaster falling within paragraph (a)
or (c) of subsection (1) who has notified the Commission, within the
period of one month beginning with the commencement of this section, of his
intention to provide a service specified in subsection (3) (āthe
corresponding analogue serviceā) for broadcasting in digital form, and
(b) as
respects the programmes included in the service and the times at which they are
broadcast, is identical with the corresponding analogue service.
(3) The
services referred to in subsection (2) are ā
(a) Channel
4, and
(b) any
Channel 3 service or Channel 5.
(4) *
* *
*
*
(5) If ā
(a) the
public teletext provider notifies the Commission, within the period of one
month beginning with the commencement of this section, of his intention to provide
a teletext service for broadcasting in digital form, and
(b) the
Commission consent under section 30 to his provision of that service,
that service (in this Part
referred to as āthe qualifying teletext serviceā) shall be a
qualifying service for the purposes of this Part.
(6) In
this Part āpublic teletext providerā means the person who holds the
additional services licence (within the meaning of Part I of the 1990 Act)
which relates to the teletext service referred to in section 49(2) of that
Act.
(7) In
subsection (2) āprogrammeā does not include an advertisement.
General
provisions about licences
3 Licences
under Part I
(1) Any
licence granted by the Independent Television Commission (in this Part referred
to as āthe Commissionā) under this Part shall be in writing and
(subject to the provisions of this Part) shall continue in force for such
period as is provided, in relation to a licence of the kind in question, by the
relevant provision of this Part.
(2) A
licence may be so granted for the provision of such a service as is specified
in the licence or for the provision of a service of such a description as is so
specified.
(3) The
Commission ā
(a) shall
not grant a licence to any person unless they are satisfied that he is a fit
and proper person to hold it, and
(b) shall
do all that they can to secure that, if they cease to be so satisfied in the
case of any person holding a licence, that person does not remain the holder of
the licence;
and nothing in this Part
shall be construed as affecting the operation of this subsection or of
section 5(1) or (2)(b) or (c).
(4) The
Commission may vary a licence by a notice served on the licence holder
if ā
(a) in
the case of a variation of the period for which a licence having effect for a
specified period is to continue in force, the licence holder consents, or
(b) in
the case of any other variation, the licence holder has been given a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to the Commission about the variation.
(5) Paragraph (a)
of subsection (4) does not affect the operation of section 17(1)(b);
and that subsection shall not authorise the variation of any conditions
included in a licence in pursuance of section 13(1).
(6) A
licence granted to any person under this Part shall not be transferable to any
other person without the previous consent in writing of the Commission.
(7) Without
prejudice to the generality of subsection (6), the Commission shall not
give their consent for the purposes of that subsection unless they are
satisfied that any such other person would be in a position to comply with all
of the conditions included in the licence which would have effect during the
period for which it is to be in force.
(8) The
holding by any person of a licence to provide any service shall not relieve him
of any requirement to hold a licence under section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 or
[Part 2 of the Telecommunications
(Jersey) Law 2002[18]] in connection with the provision of that service.
4 General
licence conditions
(1) A
licence may include ā
(a) such
conditions as appear to the Commission to be appropriate having regard to any
duties which are or may be imposed on them, or on the licence holder, by or
under the 1990 Act or this Act;
(b) conditions
requiring the payment by the licence holder to the Commission (whether on the
grant of the licence or at such times thereafter as may be determined by or
under the licence, or both) of a fee or fees of an amount or amounts so
determined;
(c) conditions
requiring the licence holder to provide the Commission, in such manner and at
such times as they may reasonably require, with such information as they may
require for the purpose of exercising the functions assigned to them by or
under the 1990 Act or this Act;
(d) conditions
providing for such incidental and supplemental matters as appear to the
Commission to be appropriate.
(2) A
licence may in particular include conditions requiring the licence
holder ā
(a) to
comply with any direction given by the Commission as to such matters as are
specified in the licence or are of a description so specified, or
(b) (except
to the extent that the Commission consent to his doing or not doing them) not
to do or to do such things as are specified in the licence or are of a
description so specified.
(3) The
fees required to be paid to the Commission by virtue of subsection (1)(b)
shall be in accordance with such tariff as may from time to time be fixed by
the Commission; and the amount of any fee which is to be so paid by the holder
of a licence of a particular class or description shall be such as to represent
what appears to the Commission to be the appropriate contribution of the holder
of such a licence towards meeting the sums which the Commission regard as
necessary in order to discharge their duty under paragraph 12(1) of
Schedule 1 to the 1990 Act.
(4) A
tariff fixed under subsection (3) may specify different fees in relation
to different cases or circumstances; and the Commission shall publish every
such tariff [in the Bailiwick of Jersey] in such manner as they consider
appropriate.
(5) Where
the holder of any licence ā
(a) is
required by virtue of any condition imposed under this Part to provide the
Commission with any information, and
(b) in
purported compliance with that condition provides them with information which
is false in a material particular,
he shall be taken for the
purposes of sections 17, 23 and 27 of this Act and section 42 of the
1990 Act to have failed to comply with that condition.
(6) Nothing
in this Part which authorises or requires the inclusion in a licence of
conditions relating to any particular matter or having effect for any
particular purpose shall be taken as derogating from the generality of
subsection (1).
5 Restrictions
on holding of licences under Part I
(1) The
Commission shall do all that they can to secure ā
(a) that
a person does not become or remain the holder of a licence if he is a person
who is a disqualified person in relation to that licence by virtue of
Part II of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (as amended by this Act); and
(b) that
any requirements imposed by or under Parts [III and IV] of that Schedule
(as so amended) are complied with by or in relation to persons holding licences
in relation to which those requirements apply.
(2) The
Commission may accordingly ā
(a) require
any applicant for a licence to provide them with such information as they may
reasonably require for the purpose of determining ā
(i) whether he is
such a disqualified person as is mentioned in subsection (1)(a),
(ii) whether
any such requirements as are mentioned in subsection (1)(b) would preclude
them from granting a licence to him, and
(iii) if
so, what steps would be required to be taken by or in relation to him in order
for any such requirements to be complied with;
(b) revoke
the award of a licence to a body where a relevant change takes place after the
award, but before the grant, of the licence;
(c) make
the grant of a licence to any person conditional on the taking of any specified
steps that appear to them to be required to be taken as mentioned in paragraph (a)(iii);
(d) impose
conditions in any licence enabling them to require the licence holder, if a
body corporate, to give to them advance notice of proposals
affecting ā
(i) shareholdings in
the body, or
(ii) the
directors of the body,
where such proposals
are known to the body;
(e) impose
conditions in any licence enabling them to give the licence holder directions
requiring him to take, or arrange for the taking of, any specified steps
appearing to them to be required to be taken in order for any such requirements
as are mentioned in subsection (1)(b) to be complied with.
(3) Where
the Commission ā
(a) revoke
the award of any licence in pursuance of subsection (2)(b), or
(b) determine
that any condition imposed by them in relation to any licence in pursuance of
subsection (2)(c) has not been satisfied,
any provisions of this
Part relating to the awarding of licences of the kind in question shall
(subject to subsection (4)) have effect as if the person to whom the
licence was awarded or granted had not made an application for it.
(4) Those
provisions shall not so have effect if the Commission decide that it would be
desirable to publish a fresh notice under this Part in respect of the grant of
a licence, or (as the case may be) a further licence, to provide the service in
question.
(5) Every
licence shall include such conditions as the Commission consider necessary or
expedient to ensure that where ā
(a) the
holder of the licence is a body, and
(b) a
relevant change takes place after the grant of the licence,
the Commission may revoke
the licence by notice served on the holder of the licence and taking effect
forthwith or on a date specified in the notice.
(6) The
Commission shall not serve any such notice on the licence holder
unless ā
(a) they
have notified him of the matters complained of and given him a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to them about those matters, and
(b) in a
case where the relevant change is one falling within
subsection (7) ā
(i) they have also
given him an opportunity of complying with Parts III and IV of Schedule 2
to the 1990 Act within a period specified in the notification, and
(ii) the
period specified in the notification has elapsed.
(7) A
relevant change falls within this subsection if it consists only in one or more
of the following ā
(a) a
change in the percentage of total audience time attributable to one or more
services for the purposes of paragraph 2 of Part III of Schedule 2
to the 1990 Act,
(b) a
change in the national market share (within the meaning of Part IV of that
Schedule) of one or more national newspapers (within the meaning of that Part
of that Schedule), or
(c) a
change in the local market share (within the meaning of that Part of that
Schedule) in a particular area of one or more local newspapers (within the
meaning of that Part of that Schedule).
(8) In
this section ārelevant changeā, in relation to a body to which a
licence has been awarded or granted, means ā
(a) any
change affecting the nature or characteristics of the body,
(b) any
change in the persons having control over or interests in the body, or
(c) any
other change giving rise to a failure to comply with any requirement imposed by
or under Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act,
being (in any case) a
change which is such that, if it fell to the Commission to determine whether to
award the licence to the body in the new circumstances of the case, they would
be induced by the change to refrain from so awarding it.
Multiplex
services
6 Assignment
of frequencies by Secretary of State
(1) The
Secretary of State may by notice assign to the Commission, for the purpose of
the provision of multiplex services falling to be licensed by them under this
Part, such frequencies as he may determine; and any frequency so assigned shall
be taken to be so assigned for the purpose only of being used for the provision
of one or more of those services.
(2) Any
frequency assigned by the Secretary of State under subsection (1) may be
so assigned for use only in such area or areas as may be specified by the Secretary
of State when making the assignment.
(3) The
Secretary of State may by notice revoke the assignment under
subsection (1) of any frequency specified in the notice, whether or not
the frequency is for the time being one on which there is being provided a
multiplex service licensed under this Part.
7 Multiplex
licences
(1) Where
the Commission propose to grant a licence to provide a multiplex service (in
this Part referred to as a āmultiplex licenceā) they shall publish,
in such manner as they consider appropriate, a notice ā
(a) stating
that they propose to grant such a licence,
(b) specifying
the frequency or frequencies on which the service is to be provided,
(c) specifying,
in such manner as the Commission consider appropriate, the area or areas in the
United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] within which the frequency or
frequencies is or are to be available,
(d) inviting
applications for the licence and specifying the closing date for such
applications,
(e) specifying
the fee payable on any application, and
(f) stating
whether any percentage of multiplex revenue for each accounting period would be
payable by an applicant in pursuance of section 13 if he were granted the
licence and, if so, specifying that percentage.
(2) Unless
an order under section 13(2) is in force ā
(a) the
consent of the Secretary of State shall be required for so much of the notice
as relates to the matters specified in subsection (1)(f), and
(b) the
Commission may if they think fit (with that consent) specify under subsection (1)(f) ā
(i) different
percentages in relation to different accounting periods falling within the
period for which the licence would be in force, and
(ii) a
nil percentage in relation to any accounting period so falling.
(3) When
publishing a notice under subsection (1), the Commission ā
(a) shall
publish with the notice general guidance as to requirements to be met by
proposals as to the matters referred to in subsection (4)(b)(i) and (ii)
and (f), and
(b) may
publish with the notice such other general guidance as they consider
appropriate.
(4) An
application made in pursuance of a notice under subsection (1) must be in
writing and accompanied by ā
(a) the
fee specified in the notice under subsection (1)(e),
(b) a
technical plan relating to the service which the applicant proposes to provide
and indicating ā
(i) the parts of the
area specified under subsection (1)(c) which would be within the coverage
area of the service,
(ii) the
timetable in accordance with which that coverage would be achieved, and
(iii) the
technical means by which it would be achieved,
(c) the
applicantās proposals as to the number of digital programme services to
be broadcast, as to the characteristics of each of those services and as to the
areas in which they would be provided,
(d) the
applicantās proposals as to the timetable in accordance with which the
broadcasting of each of those services would begin,
(e) the
applicantās proposals as to the broadcasting of digital additional
services,
(f) the
applicantās proposals for promoting or assisting the acquisition, by
persons in the proposed coverage area of the service, of equipment capable of
receiving all the multiplex services available in that area,
(g) such
information as the Commission may reasonably require as to the applicantās
present financial position and his projected financial position during the
period for which the licence would be in force, and
(h) such
other information as the Commission may reasonably require for the purpose of
considering the application.
(5) In
subsection (4)(f) āacquisitionā includes acquisition on hire or
loan.
(6) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Commission may require the applicant to furnish additional information under
any of paragraphs (b) to (h) of subsection (4).
(7) Any
information to be furnished to the Commission under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(8) The
Commission shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date specified in
a notice under subsection (1) as the closing date for applications,
publish in such manner as they consider appropriate ā
(a) the
following matters, namely ā
(i) the name of every
person who has made an application to them in pursuance of the notice,
(ii) the
proposals submitted by him under subsection (4)(c), and
(iii) such
other information connected with his application as the Commission consider
appropriate; and
(b) a
notice ā
(i) inviting
representations to be made to them with respect to any of the applications, and
(ii) specifying
the manner in which, and the time by which, any such representations are to be
so made.
8 Award
of multiplex licences
(1) Where
the Commission have published a notice under section 7(1), they shall in determining
whether, or to whom, to award the multiplex licence in question, have regard to
the extent to which, taking into account the matters specified in
subsection (2) and any representations made to them in pursuance of
section 7(8)(b) with respect to those matters, the award of the licence to
each applicant would be calculated to promote the development of digital
television broadcasting in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey]
otherwise than by satellite.
(2) The
matters referred to in subsection (1) are ā
(a) the
extent of the coverage area proposed to be achieved by the applicant as
indicated in the technical plan submitted by him under section 7(4)(b),
(b) the
timetables proposed by the applicant under section 7(4)(b)(ii) and (d),
(c) the
ability of the applicant to establish the proposed service and to maintain it
throughout the period for which the licence will be in force,
(d) the
capacity of the digital programme services proposed to be included in the
service to appeal to a variety of tastes and interests,
(e) any
proposals by the applicant for promoting or assisting the acquisition, by
persons in the proposed coverage area of the service, of equipment capable of
receiving all the multiplex services available in that area, and
(f) whether,
in contracting or offering to contract with persons providing digital programme
services or digital additional services, the applicant has acted in a manner
calculated to ensure fair and effective competition in the provision of such
services.
(3) In
subsection (2)(e) āacquisitionā includes acquisition on hire
or loan.
(4) Where
the Commission have awarded a multiplex licence to any person in accordance
with this section, they shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after awarding
the licence ā
(a) publish
in such manner as they consider appropriate ā
(i) the name of the
person to whom the licence has been awarded, and
(ii) such
other information as the Commission consider appropriate, and
(b) grant
the licence to that person.
9 Power
to require two or more multiplex licences to be granted to one person
(1) The
Commission may, before publishing a notice under section 7(1), determine
that two or more multiplex licences are on that occasion to be granted to one
person.
(2) Where
the Commission have so determined, they shall publish a single notice under
section 7(1) in relation to the licences.
(3) In
relation to any application made in pursuance of such a notice ā
(a) references
in section 7(4) to the proposed service shall have effect as references to
each of the proposed services,
(b) the
reference in section 8(1) to the multiplex licence shall have effect as a
reference to all the licences concerned,
(c) in
section 8(2), the reference in paragraph (d) to the proposed service
shall have effect as a reference to all the proposed services considered
together, and other references to the proposed service shall have effect as
references either to each of the proposed services or to all of them considered
together, as the Commission consider appropriate.
(4) Nothing
in this section applies in relation to the renewal of a multiplex licence.
10 Award of
multiplex licence subject to conditions
(1) The
Commission may, when awarding a multiplex licence to any person, make the grant
of the licence to him conditional on his compliance before the grant with such
specified requirements relating to the financing of the service as appear to
them to be appropriate, having regard to ā
(a) any
duties which are or may be imposed on them, or on the licence holder, by or
under the 1990 Act or this Act, and
(b) any
information provided to them under section 7(4)(g) by the person to whom
the licence is awarded as to his projected financial position during the period
for which the licence would be in force.
(2) Where
the Commission determine that any condition imposed by them in relation to a
multiplex licence in pursuance of subsection (1) has not been satisfied,
section 8 shall (subject to subsection (3)) have effect as if the
person to whom the licence was awarded had not made an application for it.
(3) Section 8
shall not so have effect if the Commission decide that it would be desirable to
publish a fresh notice under section 7(1) in respect of the grant of the
licence.
11 Failure to begin
providing licensed service and financial penalties on revocation of licence
(1) Subject
to subsection (2), subsection (3) applies where at any time after a
multiplex licence has been granted to any person but before the licence has
come into force ā
(a) that
person indicates to the Commission that he does not intend to provide the
service in question, or
(b) the
Commission for any other reason have reasonable grounds for believing that that
person will not provide that service once the licence has come into force.
(2) Subsection (3)
shall not apply in the case of any person by virtue of paragraph (b) of
subsection (1) unless the Commission have served on him a notice stating
their grounds for believing that he will not provide the service in question
once his licence has come into force; and they shall not serve such a notice on
him unless they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making
representations to them about the matters complained of.
(3) Where
this subsection applies ā
(a) the
Commission shall serve on the person to whom the licence has been granted a
notice revoking the licence as from the time the notice is served on him, and
(b) section 8
shall (subject to subsection (4)) have effect as if he had not made an
application for the licence.
(4) Section 8
shall not have effect as mentioned in subsection (3) if the Commission
decide that it would be desirable to publish a fresh notice under
section 7(1) in respect of the grant of the licence.
(5) Where
the Commission revoke a multiplex licence under this section or under any other
provision of this Part, they shall serve on the licence holder a notice
requiring him to pay to them, within a specified period, a specified financial
penalty not exceeding whichever is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000,
or
(b) the
prescribed amount.
(6) In
subsection (5) āthe prescribed amountā means ā
(a) where ā
(i) the licence is
revoked under this section, or
(ii) the
first complete accounting period of the licence holder falling within the
period for which the licence is in force has not yet ended,
7 per cent.
of the amount which the Commission estimate would have been the multiplex
revenue for that accounting period (as determined in accordance with
section 14), and
(b) in
any other case, 7 per cent. of the multiplex revenue for the last
complete accounting period of the licence holder so falling (as so determined).
(7) Any
financial penalty payable by any body by virtue of subsection (5) shall,
in addition to being recoverable from that body as provided by
section 38(4), be recoverable by the Commission as a debt due to them from
any person who controls that body.
12 Conditions
attached to multiplex licence
(1) A
multiplex licence shall include such conditions as appear to the Commission to
be appropriate for securing ā
(a) that
the licensed service is established by the licence holder in accordance with
the timetable and other proposals indicated in the technical plan submitted
under section 7(4)(b),
(b) the
implementation of any proposals submitted by the licence holder under
section 7(4)(c), (d), (e) or (f),
(c) that
all digital programme services broadcast under the licence are provided by the
holder of a licence under section 18,
(d) that
all digital additional services broadcast under the licence are provided by the
holder of a licence under section 25,
(e) that
in the terms on which the licence holder contracts, or offers to contract, for
the broadcasting of digital programme services or digital additional services,
he does not show undue discrimination either against or in favour of a
particular person providing such a service or a class of such persons,
(f) that
the licence holder does not, in any agreement with a person providing a digital
programme service or digital additional services which entitles that person to
use a specified amount of digital capacity on the frequency or frequencies to
which the licence relates, restrict that personās freedom to make
arrangements with some other person as to the use of any of that digital
capacity (except to the extent that the restriction is reasonably required for
the purpose of ensuring the technical quality of the broadcasts or for the
purpose of securing compliance with any other condition of the licence),
(g) that
the signals carrying the multiplex service attain high standards in terms of
technical quality and reliability throughout so much of the area for which the
service is provided as is for the time being reasonably practicable, and
(h) that,
while the licence is in force, at least 90 per cent. of digital
capacity on the frequency or frequencies to which the licence relates is
available for the broadcasting of digital programme services, qualifying
services, programme-related services or relevant technical services.
(2) Any
conditions imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a) or (b) may be varied
by the Commission with the consent of the licence holder (and
section 3(4)(b) shall accordingly not apply to any such variation).
(3) Where
the licence holder applies to the Commission for the variation of any condition
imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(b) and relating to the
characteristics of any of the digital programme services to be broadcast under
the licence, the Commission shall vary the condition accordingly unless it
appears to them that, if the application were granted, the capacity of the digital
programme services broadcast under the licence to appeal to a variety of tastes
and interests would be unacceptably diminished.
(4) In
subsection (1)(h) ā
(a) āqualifying
serviceā does not include the qualifying teletext service,
(b) āprogramme-related
serviceā means any digital additional service consisting in the provision
of services (apart from advertising) which ā
(i) are ancillary to
the programmes included in one or more television programme services (within
the meaning of Part I of the 1990 Act) and are directly related to the
contents of those programmes, or
(ii) relate
to the promotion or listing of such programmes, and
(c) ārelevant
technical serviceā means any technical service which relates to one or
more digital programme services.
(5) *
*
*
*
*
(6) *
*
*
*
*
(7) Section 10
of the 1990 Act (Government control over licensed services) shall apply in
relation to a multiplex service licensed under this Part as it applies in
relation to a service licensed under Part I of that Act.
13 Additional
payments to be made in respect of multiplex licences
(1) Where
a multiplex licence is granted in pursuance of a notice under
subsection (1) of section 7 which specified a percentage of multiplex
revenue under paragraph (f) of that subsection, the licence shall include
conditions requiring the licence holder to pay to the Commission (in addition
to any fees required to be so paid by virtue of section 4(1)(b)) in
respect of each accounting period of his falling within the period for which
the licence is in force, an amount representing such percentage of the
multiplex revenue for that accounting period (determined under section 14)
as was specified in the notice.
(2) *
*
*
*
*
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) A
multiplex licence may include conditions ā
(a) enabling
the Commission to estimate before the beginning of an accounting period the
amount due for that period by virtue of subsection (1), and
(b) requiring
the licence holder to pay the estimated amount by monthly instalments
throughout that period.
(5) Such
a licence may in particular include conditions ā
(a) authorising
the Commission to revise any estimate on one or more occasions, and to adjust
the instalments payable by the licence holder to take account of the revised
estimate;
(b) providing
for the adjustment of any overpayment or underpayment.
(6) Where ā
(a) the
first complete accounting period of the licence holder falling within the
period for which the licence is in force (āthe licence periodā)
does not begin at the same time as that period, or
(b) the
last complete accounting period of his falling within the licence period does
not end at the same time as that period,
any reference in
subsection (1) to an accounting period of his shall include a reference to
such part of the accounting period preceding that first complete accounting
period, or (as the case may be) following that last complete accounting period,
as falls within the licence period; and other references to accounting periods
in this Part shall be construed accordingly.
14 Multiplex revenue
(1) For
the purposes of section 13(1) the multiplex revenue for each accounting
period of the holder of a multiplex licence shall consist of ā
(a) all
payments received or to be received by him or any person connected with him
from a person other than a programme provider or an additional services
provider ā
(i) in consideration
of the inclusion in that period, in any digital programme service or digital
additional service broadcast by means of the multiplex service to which the
licence relates, of advertisements or other programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital programme service or digital additional service,
(b) all
payments received or to be received by him or any person connected with him in
respect of the broadcasting of any qualifying service by means of the multiplex
service,
(c) all
payments received or to be received by any programme provider or any person
connected with him from a person other than the holder of the multiplex
licence, an additional services provider or another programme
provider ā
(i) in consideration
of the inclusion in that period, in any digital programme service provided by
him for broadcasting by means of the multiplex service, of advertisements or
other programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital programme service, and
(d) all
payments received or to be received by any additional services provider or any
person connected with him from a person other than the holder of the multiplex
licence, a programme provider or another additional services
provider ā
(i) in consideration
of the inclusion in that period, in any digital additional service provided by
him for broadcasting by means of the multiplex service, of advertisements or
other programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital additional service.
(2) If,
in connection with the inclusion of any advertisements or other programmes
whose inclusion is paid for by payments falling within subsection (1)(a)(i),
any payments are made to the holder of the multiplex licence or any connected
person to meet any payments payable by the licence holder by virtue of
section 13(1), those payments shall be regarded as made in consideration
of the inclusion of the programmes in question.
(3) In
the case of an advertisement included as mentioned in
subsection (1)(a)(i), (c)(i) or (d)(i) under arrangements made
between ā
(a) the
holder of the multiplex licence, a programme provider or an additional services
provider or any person connected with any of them, and
(b) a
person acting as an advertising agent.
the amount of any receipt
by the licence holder, programme provider or additional services provider or
any connected person that represents a payment by the advertiser from which the
advertising agent has deducted any amount by way of commission shall, except in
a case falling within subsection (4), be the amount of the payment by the
advertiser after the deduction of the commission.
(4) If
the amount deducted by way of commission as mentioned in subsection (3)
exceeds 15 per cent. of the payment by the advertiser, the amount of
the receipt in question shall be taken to be the amount of the payment less 15
per cent.
(5) If,
in any accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence, a programme
provider or an additional services provider or a person connected with any of
them derives, in relation to any programme to be included in the relevant
service, any financial benefit (whether direct or indirect) from payments made
by any person other than the licence holder, by way of sponsorship, for the
purpose of defraying or contributing towards costs incurred or to be incurred
in connection with that programme, the relevant payments shall be taken to
include the amount of the financial benefit so derived by the licence holder or
the connected person, as the case may be.
(6) In
subsection (5) ā
(a) āthe
relevant serviceā means ā
(i) in relation to a
programme provider or a person connected with him, any digital programme service
provided as mentioned in subsection (1)(c)(i), and
(ii) in
relation to an additional services provider or a person connected with him, any
digital additional service provided as mentioned in subsection (1)(d)(i),
and
(b) ārelevant
paymentsā means ā
(i) in relation to a
programme provider, the payments referred to in subsection (1)(c), and
(ii) in
relation to an additional services provider, the payments referred to in
subsection (1)(d).
(7) Where,
in any accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence ā
(a) the
licence holder provides a digital programme service or digital additional
service for broadcasting by means of the multiplex service,
(b) the
licence holder is engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by another
person, would result in payments falling within subsection (1)(a) being
made to the licence holder,
(c) a
programme provider is engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by another
person, would result in payments falling within subsection (1)(c) being
made to the programme provider, or
(d) an
additional services provider is engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by
another person, would result in payments falling within subsection (1)(d)
being made to the additional services provider,
the Commission may, if
they consider that the amount which would (apart from this subsection) be the
multiplex revenue for that accounting period is less than it would have been if
the digital programme service or digital additional service had been provided,
or the activity engaged in, by another person at armās length, treat the
multiplex revenue as increased by the amount of the difference.
(8) Where,
in any accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence, the licence
holder or a programme provider or additional services provider receives
payments falling within subsection (1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) from a person
connected with him and it appears to the Commission that the amount which
(apart from this subsection) would be the multiplex revenue for that accounting
period is less than it would have been if the arrangements between him and the
connected person were such as might be expected between parties at arm's
length, the Commission may treat the multiplex revenue as increased by the
amount of the difference.
(9) In
this section ā
āadditional services
providerā, in relation to a multiplex licence, means any person who
provides any digital additional service for broadcasting by means of the
multiplex service to which the licence relates;
āprogramme providerā,
in relation to a multiplex licence, means any person who provides a digital
programme service for broadcasting by means of the multiplex service to which
the licence relates.
15 Attribution of
multiplex revenue to licence holder and others
(1) For
the purposes of section 17(3), the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to the holder of a multiplex licence in respect of any accounting period of his
shall be ā
(a) the
aggregate of ā
(i) payments falling
within paragraphs (a) or (b) of section 14(1), and
(ii) payments
received or to be received by him from programme providers and additional
services providers in respect of the provision of multiplex services in that
period,
less
(b) the
amount of any payments made or to be made to programme providers or additional
service providers which would fall within paragraph (c) or (d) of
section 14(1) but for the fact that they are received from the holder of
the multiplex licence.
(2) For
the purposes of section 23(3) or section 27(3), the share of multiplex
revenue attributable to a programme provider or additional services provider in
relation to a multiplex service in respect of any accounting period of the
holder of the multiplex licence shall be ā
(a) the
aggregate of ā
(i) payments falling
within paragraph (c) or (d) of section 14(1), and
(ii) payments
received or to be received from the holder of the multiplex licence which would
fall within one of those paragraphs but for the fact that they are received
from the holder of the multiplex licence,
less
(b) the
amount of any payments made or to be made to the holder of the multiplex
licence in respect of the provision of multiplex services in that period.
(3) In
a case falling within subsection (7) or (8) of section 14, the
Commission may treat the share of multiplex revenue attributable to any person
for the accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence as increased
by such amount as they consider appropriate to take account of the
circumstances mentioned in that subsection.
(4) In
this section āadditional services providerā and āprogramme
providerā, in relation to a multiplex licence, have the same meaning as
in section 14.
16 Duration and
renewal of multiplex licences
(1) A
multiplex licence shall (subject to the provisions of this Part and to section 42
of the 1990 Act as applied by section 17(6)) continue in force for a
period of twelve years.
(2) A
multiplex licence granted within six years of the commencement of this section
may be renewed on one occasion in accordance with this section for a period of
twelve years beginning with the date on which it would otherwise expire.
(3) An
application for the renewal of a multiplex licence under subsection (2)
may be made by the licence holder not earlier than four years before the date
on which it would otherwise cease to be in force and not later than the
relevant date.
(4) At
any time before determining the application, the Commission may ā
(a) require
the applicant to furnish ā
(i) a technical plan
which supplements that submitted by the licence holder under
section 7(4)(b), and
(ii) proposals
which supplement any proposals submitted by the licence holder under
section 7(4)(f), and
(b) notify
the applicant of requirements which must be met by that supplementary technical
plan or those supplementary proposals and relate to the matters referred to in
section 7(4)(b)(i) and (ii) and (f).
(5) The
consent of the Secretary of State shall be required for any exercise by the
Commission of their powers under subsection (4) and for any decision by
the Commission not to exercise those powers; and in deciding whether to give
his consent the Secretary of State shall have regard to any report made to him
under subsection (1)(b) of section 33 and to any representations
received by him on consultation under subsection (4) of that section.
(6) Where
any such application is made before the relevant date, the Commission may
postpone consideration of it by them for as long as they think appropriate
having regard to subsection (10).
(7) Where
an application for the renewal of a multiplex licence has been duly made to the
Commission they may refuse the application only if ā
(a) it
appears to them that the applicant has failed to comply with any of the
conditions included in his licence,
(b) any
supplementary technical plan or supplementary proposals submitted under
subsection (4)(a) fail to meet requirements notified to the applicant
under subsection (4)(b), or
(c) they
are not satisfied that the applicant would, if his licence were renewed,
provide a service which complied with the conditions to be included in the
licence as renewed.
(8) Subject
to subsection (9), on the grant of any such application the Commission may
with the consent of the Secretary of State, and shall if so required by
him ā
(a) specify
a percentage different from that specified under section 7(1)(f) as the
percentage of multiplex revenue for each accounting period of his that will be
payable by the applicant in pursuance of section 13(1) during the period
for which the licence is to be renewed, or
(b) specify
such a percentage where none was specified under section 7(1)(f);
and the Commission may
specify under paragraph (a) or (b) either of the things mentioned in
section 7(2)(b).
(9) Where
an order under section 13(2) is in force on the relevant date, no percentage
of multiplex revenue shall be payable as mentioned in subsection (8)(a)
during the period for which the licence is to be renewed.
(10) Where
the Commission have granted a personās application under this section,
they shall formally renew his licence from the date on which it would otherwise
expire; and they shall not so renew his licence unless they have notified him
of any percentage specified by them under subsection (8) and he has,
within such period as is specified in that notification, notified them that he
consents to the licence being renewed on those terms.
(11) Where
a multiplex licence has been renewed under this section, the licence as renewed
shall include such further conditions as appear to the Commission to be
appropriate for securing the implementation of any supplementary technical plan
and supplementary proposals submitted under subsection (4)(a).
(12) In
this section āthe relevant dateā, in relation to a multiplex
licence, means the date which the Commission determine to be that by which they
would need to publish a notice under section 7(1) if they were to grant,
as from the date on which that licence would expire if not renewed, a fresh
licence to provide the service formerly provided under that licence.
(13) Nothing
in this section prevents the holder of a multiplex licence from applying for a
new licence on one or more occasions in pursuance of a notice under section
7(1).
17 Enforcement of
multiplex licences
(1) If
the Commission are satisfied that the holder of a multiplex licence has failed
to comply with any condition of the licence or with any direction given by the
Commission under or by virtue of any provision of this Part, they may (subject
to the following provisions of this section) serve on him ā
(a) a
notice requiring him to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial
penalty to the Commission, or
(b) a
notice reducing the period for which the licence is to be in force by a
specified period not exceeding two years.
(2) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed on any person in pursuance of
subsection (1)(a) shall not exceed whichever is the greater
of ā
(a) £50,000,
or
(b) the
amount determined under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a
case where a penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the
holder of the multiplex licence during any period for which his licence has
been in force (āthe relevant periodā), 3 per cent. of the
share of multiplex revenue attributable to him for his last complete accounting
period (as determined in accordance with section 15), and
(b) in
any other case, 5 per cent. of the share of multiplex revenue
attributable to him for that accounting period (as so determined),
and in relation to a
person whose first complete accounting period falling within the relevant
period has not yet ended, paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be construed
as referring to 3, or (as the case may be) 5, per cent. of the amount which the
Commission estimate to be the share of multiplex revenue attributable to him
for that accounting period (as so determined).
(4) The
Commission shall not serve on any person such a notice as is mentioned in
subsection (1)(a) or (b) unless they have given him a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to them about the matters complained of.
(5) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Commission may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(6) Section 42
of the 1990 Act (power to revoke Channel 3 or 5 licence) shall have effect
in relation to a multiplex licence as it has effect in relation to a
Channel 3 licence, but as if the reference in subsection (1)(a) of
that section to Part I of the 1990 Act were a reference to this Part.
Digital
programme services
18 Licensing of
digital programme services
(1) An
application for a licence to provide digital programme services (in this Part
referred to as a ādigital programme licenceā) shall ā
(a) be
made in such manner as the Commission may determine, and
(b) be
accompanied by such fee (if any) as they may determine.
(2) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Commission may require the applicant to furnish such additional information as
they may consider necessary for the purpose of considering the application.
(3) Any
information to be furnished to the Commission under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(4) Where
an application for a digital programme licence is made to the Commission in
accordance with the provisions of this section, they shall grant the licence
unless precluded from doing so by section 3(3)(a) or 5(1).
(5) Subject
to subsection (6), sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act (general provisions
relating to services licensed under Part I of that Act) shall apply in
relation to a digital programme service licensed under this Part as they apply
in relation to a service licensed under that Part of that Act.
(6) In
its application in relation to a digital programme service ā
(a) section 6
of the 1990 Act shall have effect with the omission of subsection (8), and
(b) section 12(1)(b)
of that Act shall have effect as if the reference to the Commission's functions
under Chapter II of Part I of that Act included a reference to their
functions under this Part.
19 Duration and
conditions of digital programme licence
(1) Subject
to the provisions of this Part and to section 42 of the 1990 Act as
applied by section 23(8), a digital programme licence shall continue in
force until it is surrendered by its holder.
(2) A
digital programme licence shall include such conditions as the Commission
consider necessary or appropriate to secure in relation to each service
provided under the licence ā
(a) that
a proper proportion of the matter included in the programmes provided by the
service is of European origin, and
(b) that
in each year not less than 10 per cent. of the total amount of time
allocated to the broadcasting of qualifying programmes included in the service
is allocated to the broadcasting of a range and diversity of independent
productions.
(3) A
digital programme licence shall also include such conditions as appear to the
Commission to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the
licence ā
(a) on
entering into any agreement with the holder of a multiplex licence for the
provision of a digital programme service to be broadcast by means of a
multiplex service, to notify the Commission ā
(i) of the identity
of the multiplex service,
(ii) of
the characteristics of the digital programme service to which the agreement
relates,
(iii) of
the period during which it will be provided, and
(iv) where
under the agreement the holder of the digital programme licence will be
entitled to the use of a specified amount of digital capacity, of that amount,
(b) when
any such agreement is varied so far as it relates to any of the matters
mentioned in paragraph (a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), to notify the
Commission of the variation so far as relating to those matters, and
(c) where
he is providing a digital programme service to the holder of a multiplex
licence in accordance with such an agreement as is mentioned in paragraph (a)
but intends to cease doing so, to notify the Commission of that fact.
(4) A
digital programme licence shall also include such conditions as appear to the
Commission to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the licence, on
entering into any such agreement as is mentioned in subsection (3)(a), to
submit to the Commission proposals for training or retraining persons employed
or to be employed by him in order to help fit them for employment in, or in
connection with, the making of programmes to be included in his service,
together with his proposals for encouraging the training or retraining of
persons employed or to be employed by persons providing programmes for
inclusion in that service.
(5) Where
the holder of a digital programme licence has submitted proposals to the
Commission in accordance with a condition included in the licence by virtue of
subsection (4) or has failed to comply with such a condition, the
Commission may, after consulting him, vary the licence so as to include in the
licence such further conditions as they consider appropriate in relation to the
matters referred to in that subsection.
(6) In
framing any condition in pursuance of subsection (2)(a), the Commission
shall have regard to such of the international obligations of the United
Kingdom [(including on behalf of the Bailiwick of Jersey)] as the Secretary of
State may notify to them for the purposes of this subsection.
(7) In
subsection (2)(b) ā
(a) āindependent
productionsā and āqualifying programmesā have the same
meaning as in section 16(2)(h) of the 1990 Act, and
(b) the
reference to a range of independent productions is a reference to a range of
such productions in terms of cost of acquisition as well as in terms of the
types of programme involved.
(8) *
*
*
*
*
(9) *
*
*
*
*
(10) In
this section āprogrammeā does not include an advertisement.
20 Code relating to
provision for deaf and visually impaired
(1) The
Commission shall draw up, and from time to time review, a code giving guidance
as to ā
(a) the
extent to which digital programme services and qualifying services should
promote the understanding and enjoyment by ā
(i) persons who are
deaf or hard of hearing, and
(ii) persons
who are blind or partially-sighted,
of the programmes to be
included in such services, and
(b) the
means by which such understanding and enjoyment should be promoted.
(2) In
this section āassistanceā means assistance of any of the following
three kinds, namely ā
(a) subtitling
for the deaf,
(b) audio-description
for the blind, and
(c) presentation
in, or translation into, sign language.
(3) The
code must require that, as from the tenth anniversary of the date of the
commencement of the provision of any digital programme service, in each
week ā
(a) at
least 50 per cent. of so much of the service as consists of
programmes which are not excluded programmes in relation to subtitling for the
deaf is to be accompanied by such subtitling, and
(b) at
least 10 per cent. of so much of the service as consists of
programmes which are not excluded programmes in relation to audio-description
for the blind is to be accompanied by such audio-description.
(4) The
code must specify ā
(a) in
relation to subtitling for the deaf, those classes of programmes in relation to
which the Commission consider that it would be inappropriate for the
requirement in paragraph (a) of subsection (3) to apply, and
(b) in
relation to audio-description for the blind, those classes of programmes in
relation to which the Commission consider that it would be inappropriate for
the requirement in paragraph (b) of that subsection to apply.
(5) If
an order under section 21(1)(b) is in force, the code must also specify,
in relation to presentation in, or translation into, sign language, those
classes of programmes in relation to which the Commission consider that it
would be inappropriate for the requirements specified in the order to apply.
(6) In
determining under subsection (4) or (5) whether it is appropriate for a
particular requirement to apply to any class of programmes, the Commission
shall have regard, in particular, to the benefit which the assistance would be
likely to confer on the persons for whom it is intended and to the technical
difficulty of providing it.
(7) In
this section āexcluded programmeā, in relation to assistance of a
particular kind, means a programme falling within a class specified under
subsection (4) or (5) in relation to assistance of that kind.
(8) Without
prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the code may ā
(a) require
persons providing digital programme services, at any time or times before the
anniversary referred to in subsection (3), to meet specified targets in relation
to subtitling for the deaf or audio-description for the blind,
(b) require
a specified percentage of so much of any digital programme service as consists
of programmes which are not excluded programmes in relation to presentation in,
or translation into, sign language, to be so presented or translated, and
(c) require,
in relation to assistance of any kind, a specified percentage of so much of any
digital programme service as consists of excluded programmes falling within a
specified class to be accompanied by assistance of that kind.
(9) In
subsection (8) āspecifiedā means specified in, or determined
by the Commission under, the code.
(10) Subsections
(3) and (8), so far as relating to audio-description for the blind or
presentation in, or translation into, sign language, shall have effect as if
any reference to a digital programme service included a reference to a
qualifying service.
(11) The
Commission may determine that, for the purposes of any provision included in
the code in pursuance of subsection (3), a digital programme service
provided by any person is to be treated as a continuation of a digital
programme service previously provided by him.
(12) Before
drawing up the code or reviewing it in pursuance of this section the Commission
shall consult such bodies or persons appearing to them to represent the
interests of the persons referred to in subsection (1)(a) as the
Commission think fit.
(13) The
Commission shall publish the code drawn up under this section, and every
revision of it, in such manner as they consider appropriate; and in determining
the manner of publication, the Commission shall have regard to the need to make
the code or revision accessible to persons who are blind or partially sighted
and persons who are deaf or hard of hearing.
(14) In
this section ā
āprogrammeā
does not include an advertisement;
āqualifying
serviceā does not include the qualifying teletext service.
21 Power of
Secretary of State in relation to code under section 20
* * * * * * *
22 Compliance with
code under section 20
(1) The Commission shall do all that they can to
secure that the provisions of the code maintained by them under section 20
are observed in the provision of digital programme services and qualifying
services.
(2) Without
prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), a digital programme licence
shall include such conditions as appear to the Commission to be appropriate for
requiring the holder of the licence, on entering into any such agreement as is
mentioned in section 19(3)(a), to submit to the Commission proposals for
ensuring that the code is complied with in relation to the provision of the
digital programme service.
(3) Where
the holder of a digital programme licence has submitted proposals to the
Commission in accordance with a condition included in the licence by virtue of
subsection (2) or has failed to comply with such a condition, the
Commission shall, after consulting him, vary the licence so as to include in
the licence such further conditions as they consider appropriate for the
purpose of securing compliance with the code in the provision of the digital
programme service in question.
23 Enforcement
of digital programme licences
(1) If
the Commission are satisfied that the holder of a digital programme licence has
failed to comply with any condition of the licence or with any direction given
by the Commission under or by virtue of any provision of this Part, they may
(subject to the following provisions of this section) serve on him ā
(a) a notice requiring him
to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Commission, or
(b) a notice providing that
the licence is to expire on a specified date, which shall be at least one year
from the date of service of the notice.
(2) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed on any person in pursuance of
subsection (1)(a) shall not exceed whichever is the greater
of ā
(a) £50,000, or
(b) the amount determined
under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a case where a
penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the holder of the
digital programme licence during any period for which his licence has been in
force, 3 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of multiplex
revenue attributable to him in relation to multiplex services in respect of
relevant accounting periods (as determined in accordance with section 15),
and
(b) in any other case,
5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of those shares of multiplex
revenue (as so determined).
(4) In
subsection (3)(a) ārelevant accounting periodā, in relation to
a multiplex service, means the last accounting period of the holder of the
multiplex licence.
(5) Where,
in the case of any multiplex service, the first accounting period of the holder
of the multiplex licence throughout which the holder of the digital programme
licence provides a digital programme service for broadcasting by means of the
multiplex service (āthe first periodā) has not yet ended, then for
the purposes of subsection (3) the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to the holder of the digital programme licence in relation to that multiplex
service for the relevant accounting period shall be taken to be the amount
which the Commission estimate to be the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to him for the first period.
(6) The
Commission shall not serve on any person such a notice as is mentioned in
subsection (1)(a) or (b) unless they have given him a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to them about the matters complained of.
(7) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Commission may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(8) Subject
to subsection (9), section 40(1) to (4) (power to direct licensee to
broadcast correction or apology or not to repeat programme) and section 42
(power to revoke Channel 3 or 5 licence) of the 1990 Act shall apply in
relation to a digital programme licence as they apply in relation to a
Channel 3 licence.
(9) In
its application in relation to a digital programme licence, section 42 of the
1990 Act shall have effect ā
(a) with the substitution
for the reference in subsection (1)(a) to Part I of that Act of a
reference to this Part, and
(b) with the omission of
subsection (4) and of the reference to that subsection in subsection (6).
(10) It
is hereby declared that any exercise by the Commission of their powers under
subsection (1) in respect of any failure to comply with any condition of a
digital programme licence shall not preclude the exercise by them of their
powers under section 40 of the 1990 Act in respect of that failure.
Digital additional services provided on television broadcasting
frequencies
24 Digital
additional services
(1) In
this Part ādigital additional serviceā means any service
which ā
(a) is provided by any
person with a view to its being broadcast in digital form by means of a multiplex
service, whether by him or by some other person, but
(b) is not a digital
programme service, a qualifying service, an ancillary service or a technical
service.
(2) In
this Part āancillary serviceā means any service which is provided
by the holder of a digital programme licence or by an independent analogue
broadcaster and consists in the provision of ā
(a) subtitling for the deaf
in connection with programmes included in a digital programme service or
qualifying service provided by him, or
(b) other services (apart
from advertising) which ā
(i) are
ancillary to such programmes and directly related to their contents, or
(ii) relate
to the promotion or listing of such programmes.
(3) In
this Part ātechnical serviceā means a service which ā
(a) is provided for
technical purposes connected with the encryption or decryption of one or more
digital programme services or digital additional services, and
(b) is of a description
specified in an order made by the Secretary of State.
(4) *
*
*
*
*
25 Licensing
of digital additional services
(1) An
application for a licence to provide digital additional services (in this Part
referred to as a ādigital additional services licenceā)
shall ā
(a) be made in such manner
as the Commission may determine, and
(b) be accompanied by such
fee (if any) as they may determine.
(2) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Commission may require the applicant to furnish such additional information as
they may consider necessary for the purpose of considering the application.
(3) Any
information to be furnished to the Commission under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(4) Where
an application for a digital additional services licence is made to the
Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section, they shall grant
the licence unless precluded from doing so by section 3(3)(a) or 5(1).
(5) Subject
to subsection (6), sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act (general provisions
relating to services licensed under Part I of that Act) shall apply in
relation to any digital additional service which is licensed under this Part of
this Act and is broadcast for general reception in, or in any area in, the
United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] as they apply in relation to
services licensed under Part I of the 1990 Act.
(6) In
its application in relation to a digital additional service ā
(a) section 6 of the
1990 Act shall have effect with the omission of subsection (8), and
(b) section 12(1)(b)
of the 1990 Act shall have effect as if the reference to the Commission's
functions under Chapter II of Part I of that Act included a reference
to their functions under this Part.
26 Duration
and conditions of digital additional services licence
(1) Subject
to the provisions of this Part and to section 42 of the 1990 Act as
applied by section 27(8), a digital additional services licence shall
continue in force until it is surrendered by its holder.
(2) A
digital additional services licence shall include such conditions as appear to
the Commission to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the
licence ā
(a) on entering into any agreement
with the holder of a multiplex licence for the broadcasting of digital
additional services by means of a multiplex service, to notify the
Commission ā
(i) of
the identity of the multiplex service,
(ii) of
the period during which the services will be provided,
(iii) where
under the agreement the holder of the digital additional services licence will
be entitled to the use of a specified amount of digital capacity, of that
amount,
(b) when any such agreement
is varied so far as it relates to any of the matters mentioned in paragraph (a)(i),
(ii) or (iii), to notify the Commission of the variation so far as relating to
those matters, and
(c) where he is providing
digital additional services to the holder of a multiplex licence in accordance
with such an agreement as is mentioned in paragraph (a) but intends to
cease doing so, to notify the Commission of that fact.
27 Enforcement
of digital additional services licences
(1) If
the Commission are satisfied that the holder of a digital additional services licence
has failed to comply with any condition of the licence or with any direction
given by the Commission under or by virtue of any provision of this Part, they
may (subject to the following provisions of this section) serve on
him ā
(a) a notice requiring him
to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Commission, or
(b) a notice providing that
the licence is to expire on a specified date, which shall be at least one year
from the date of service of the notice.
(2) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed on any person in pursuance of
subsection (1)(a) shall not exceed whichever is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000, or
(b) the amount determined
under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a case where a
penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the holder of the
digital additional services licence during any period for which his licence has
been in force, 3 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of
multiplex revenue attributable to him in relation to multiplex services in
respect of relevant accounting periods (as determined in accordance with
section 15), and
(b) in any other case,
5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of those shares of multiplex
revenue (as so determined).
(4) In
subsection (3)(a) ārelevant accounting periodā, in relation to
a multiplex service, means the last accounting period of the holder of the
multiplex licence.
(5) Where,
in the case of any multiplex service, the first accounting period of the holder
of the multiplex licence throughout which the holder of the digital additional
services licence provides a digital additional service for broadcasting by
means of the multiplex service (āthe first periodā) has not yet
ended, then for the purposes of subsection (3) the share of multiplex
revenue attributable to the holder of the digital additional services licence
in relation to that multiplex service for the relevant accounting period shall
be taken to be the amount which the Commission estimate to be the share of
multiplex revenue attributable to him for the first period.
(6) The
Commission shall not serve on any person such a notice as is mentioned in
subsection (1)(a) or (b) unless they have given him a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to them about the matters complained of.
(7) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Commission may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(8) Subject
to subsection (9), sections 40(1) to (4) and section 42 of the 1990
Act shall apply in relation to a digital additional services licence as they
apply in relation to a Channel 3 licence.
(9) In
its application in relation to a digital additional services licence,
section 42 of the 1990 Act shall have effect ā
(a) with the substitution
for the reference in subsection (1)(a) to Part I of that Act of a
reference to this Part, and
(b) with the omission of
subsection (4) and of the reference to that subsection in
subsection (6).
(10) It
is hereby declared that any exercise by the Commission of their powers under
subsection (1) in respect of any failure to comply with any condition of a
digital additional services licence shall not preclude the exercise by them of
their powers under section 40 of the 1990 Act in respect of that failure.
28 Provision for
broadcasting of services provided by independent analogue broadcasters
(1) The Secretary of State shall exercise his
powers under this section for the purposes of ā
(a) facilitating the
broadcasting of qualifying services by means of multiplex services licensed
under this Part, and
(b) entitling
any independent analogue broadcaster who in accordance with this section
provides a qualifying service for broadcasting in digital form on a frequency
to the use of digital capacity on that frequency.
(2) The
Secretary of State shall, in assigning frequencies to the Commission under
section 6, by direction to the Commission ā
(a) designate one or two
frequencies as frequencies to which this section applies, and
(b) specify in relation to
each frequency so designated ā
(i) the
independent analogue broadcasters for whom digital capacity is to be reserved in
accordance with this section,
(ii) the
amount of digital capacity to be so reserved for each of them,
(iii) the
times of day between which or days of the week on which such capacity is to be
so reserved,
(iv) the
area in the United Kingdom
in which each of them is to be permitted to provide services, and
(v) the
qualifying services which, subject to the provisions of this section, are
intended to be broadcast on that frequency.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) The
result referred to in subsection (3)(b) is that, in consideration of the
making, by any independent analogue broadcaster specified under subsection (2)(b)(i)
in relation to the frequency concerned, of such payments as are from time to
time agreed between him and the holder of the multiplex licence or (in default
of agreement) determined by the Commission under the order, the holder of that
licence will use the digital capacity specified under subsection (2)(b)(ii)
for the broadcasting of services provided by that broadcaster.
(5) Where
under subsection (2)(b) digital capacity is reserved only between
particular times, on particular days or in a particular area, the reference in
subsection (4) to broadcasting is a reference to broadcasting between
those times, on those days or in that area.
(6) * * * an order under this section may make different
provision for different frequencies.
(7) *
*
*
*
*
29 The
S4C digital service
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
30 The
qualifying teletext service
(1) If
the public teletext provider has notified the Commission under
section 2(5) of his intention to provide a teletext service for
broadcasting in digital form as a qualifying service, he shall submit to the
Commission his proposals for providing that service in compliance with the
requirements specified in subsection (3).
(2) The
Commission shall give their consent to the provision of the service unless it
appears to them that the proposed service would not comply with the
requirements specified in subsection (3).
(3) The
requirements referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are ā
(a) that
the service includes a sufficient amount of news items which are of high
quality and deal with both national and international matters,
(b) that
the service includes a sufficient amount of information which is of particular
interest to persons living within different areas for which the service is
provided, and
(c) that
(taken as whole) the service includes a sufficient amount of information (other
than news) which is calculated to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and
interests.
(4) Where
the Commission have given their consent under subsection (2), they shall
vary the relevant licence held by the public teletext provider so as to include
such conditions as appear to them to be appropriate ā
(a) for
imposing on the public teletext provider, in specified circumstances, an
obligation to provide the qualifying teletext service, and
(b) for
securing that the qualifying teletext service, if provided, accords with the
proposals submitted under subsection (1);
and they may include those
conditions in any other licence under which the analogue service is
subsequently provided.
(5) Sections
6 to 12 of the 1990 Act (general provisions relating to services licensed under
Part I of that Act) shall apply in relation to the qualifying teletext service
as they apply in relation to the analogue service, but as if the reference in
section 12(1)(b) of the 1990 Act to the Commission's functions under
Chapter II of Part I of that Act included a reference to their
functions under this Part.
(6) In
this section ā
āthe analogue serviceā
means the service referred to in section 49(2) of the 1990 Act;
āthe relevant
licenceā means the additional services licence (within the meaning of
Part I of the 1990 Act) under which the analogue service is provided.
31 Advertisements
included in qualifying services
Where an independent analogue broadcaster other than * * *
or the public teletext provider
includes in a qualifying service advertisements which are not included in the
corresponding analogue service (within the meaning of section 2(2)),
sections 8 and 9 of the 1990 Act shall have effect as if the provision of the
advertisements constituted the provision of a service licensed under Part I
of the 1990 Act.
Miscellaneous
and supplemental
32 Digital
broadcasting of Gaelic programmes
* * * * * * *
33 Review of digital
television broadcasting
(1) For
the purpose of considering for how long it would be appropriate for television broadcasting
services to continue to be provided in analogue form, the Secretary of
State ā
(a) shall
keep under review the extent of ā
(i) the provision in
the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey] of multiplex services,
(ii) the
availability in the United
Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] in
digital form of the services specified in section 2(3)
* * *,
the qualifying teletext services, and the television broadcasting services
of the BBC, and
(iii) the
ownership or possession in the United Kingdom of equipment capable of receiving
the services referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) when broadcast or
transmitted in digital form,
and the likely future
extent of such provision, such availability and such ownership or possession,
and
(b) shall,
on or before the fourth anniversary of the day on which the first multiplex
licence is granted under section 8, and at such time or times thereafter
as he thinks fit, require the Commission and the BBC to report to him on the
matters referred to in paragraph (a).
(2) If
the Commission or the BBC are required to submit a report under
subsection (1)(b), they shall submit the report within twelve months of
the date of the requirement.
(3) Before
making any report under subsection (1)(b), the Commission shall
consult ā
(a) the
holders of all multiplex licences,
(b) the
holders of digital programme licences who are providing digital programme
services which are being broadcast,
(c) such
other persons providing services licensed by the Commission under this Part or
Part I
* * * of
the 1990 Act as the Commission think fit, and
(d) [the
Economic Development Committee of the States of Jersey;]
and the Commission shall
include in their report a summary of representations made to them by the
persons consulted.
(4) For
the purpose mentioned in subsection (1), the Secretary of State shall, on
requiring reports under subsection (1)(b), consult ā
(a) such
persons appearing to him to represent viewers as he thinks fit, and
(b) such
other persons as he thinks fit,
in connection with the
matters referred to in subsection (1)(a) and also, if the Secretary of
State thinks fit, as to the likely effects on viewers of any television
broadcasting service ceasing to be broadcast in analogue form.
(5) In
this section ātelevision broadcasting serviceā has the same meaning
as in Part I of the 1990 Act.
34 Promotion of
equal opportunities and fair treatment
(1) Any multiplex licence or digital programme
licence shall include conditions requiring the licence holder ā
(a) to make arrangements
for promoting, in relation to employment by him, equality of opportunity
between men and women and between persons of different racial groups,
(b) to make arrangements
for promoting, in relation to employment by him, the fair treatment of disabled
persons, and
(c) to review those
arrangements from time to time.
(2) In
subsection (1) āracial groupā has the same meaning as in the Race Relations Act 1976, and ādisabled personā has the
same meaning as in the Disability Discrimination Act 1995.
35 Enforcement
of licences held by BBC companies
Where
the Commission ā
(a) give
a direction to a BBC company under section 40(1) of the 1990 Act as applied
by section 23(8) or 27(8),
(b) serve
a notice on a BBC company under any provision of section 17, 23 or 27, or
(c) receive
any representations from a BBC company under section 17(4), 23(6) or 27(6)
or under section 42 of the 1990 Act as so applied,
the Commission shall send a copy of the direction,
notice or representations to the Secretary of State.
36 Power
to vary amount of financial penalties
(1) The
Secretary of State may by order amend any of the provisions specified in
subsection (2) by substituting a different sum for the sum for the time
being specified there.
(2) The
provisions referred to in subsection (1) are ā
section 11(5)(a);
section 17(2)(a);
section 23(2)(a); and
section 27(2)(a).
(3) An
order under subsection (1) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a
resolution of either House of Parliament.
37 Computation
of multiplex revenue
Part I of Schedule 1
(which contains provisions relating to the computation of multiplex revenue for
the purposes of this Part) shall have effect.
38 Certain receipts
of Commission to be paid into Consolidated Fund
(1) Where,
in respect of any licence granted under this Part, the Commission receive any
of the amounts specified in subsection (2), that amount shall not form
part of the revenues of the Commission but shall ā
(a) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for any area in Great Britain, be paid into the
Consolidated Fund of the United
Kingdom,
(b) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for any area in Northern Ireland, be paid into the
Consolidated Fund of Northern Ireland, [
(bb) if the licence is
for the provision of a service for the Bailiwick of Jersey, be paid to the
Treasurer of the States of Jersey, or
(c) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for an area consisting
of ā
(i) the Bailiwick of Jersey and the whole or part of the United Kingdom,
(ii) the
Bailiwick of Jersey and the Bailiwick of
Guernsey, or
(iii) the
Bailiwick of Jersey, the Bailiwick of Guernsey
and the whole or part of the United
Kingdom,
as respects such
proportion of the amount as the Commission consider appropriate, be paid as
mentioned in paragraph (bb) above.]
(2) The
amounts referred to in subsection (1) are amounts payable to the
Commission by virtue of any of the following provisions ā
section 11(5);
section 13(1);
section 17(1);
section 23(1);
section 27(1).
(3) Subsection (1)
shall not be construed as applying to any amount which is required by the
Commission for the making of an adjustment in respect of an overpayment made by
any person.
(4) Any
amount payable by any person to the Commission under or by virtue of this Part
shall be recoverable by them as a debt due to them from that person; and, where
any amount is so payable by a person as the holder of a licence granted under
this Part, his liability to pay it shall not be affected by his licence ceasing
(for any reason) to be in force.
(5) The
Commission shall, in respect of each financial year, prepare an account
showing ā
(a) all
such amounts falling within subsection (1) as have been received by them,
and
(b) the
sums paid into the Consolidated Funds of the United Kingdom and Northern Ireland
[and the Treasurer of the States of Jersey] respectively under that subsection
in respect of those amounts,
and shall send that
account to the Comptroller and Auditor General [and to the Treasurer of the
States of Jersey] not later than the end of the month of November following the
financial year to which it relates; and the Comptroller and Auditor General
shall examine, certify and report on the account and lay copies of it, together
with his report, before each House of Parliament [and the Treasurer of the
States of Jersey shall lay copies of the account before the States of Jersey].
39 Interpretation of
Part I
(1) In
this Part ā
āancillary
serviceā has the meaning given by section 24(2);
āa Channel 3
licenceā has the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990 Act and
āa Channel 3 serviceā means a regional or national
Channel 3 service (within the meaning of that Part);
āChannel 4ā,
āChannel 5ā and āa Channel 5 licenceā have
the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990 Act;
āthe
Commissionā means the Independent Television Commission;
ādigital additional
serviceā has the meaning given by section 24(1), and ādigital
additional services licenceā means a licence to provide such services;
ādigital programme
serviceā has the meaning given by section 1(4), and ādigital
programme licenceā means a licence to provide such services;
āindependent
analogue broadcasterā has the meaning given by section 2(1);
ālicenceā
means a licence under this Part, and ālicensedā shall be construed
accordingly;
āmultiplex
serviceā has the meaning given by section 1(1), and āmultiplex
licenceā means a licence to provide such a service;
āpublic teletext
providerā has the meaning given by section 2(6);
āqualifying
serviceā has the meaning given by section 2(2);
āqualifying teletext
serviceā means the public teletext service provided by the public
teletext provider for broadcasting in digital form as a qualifying service;
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
ātechnical
serviceā has the meaning given by section 24(3).
(2) Where
the person who is for the time being the holder of any licence (āthe
present licence holderā) is not the person to whom the licence was
originally granted, any reference in this Part (however expressed) to the
holder of the licence shall be construed, in relation to any time falling
before the date when the present licence holder became the holder of it, as
including a reference to a person who was previously the holder of the licence.
PART II
DIGITAL
TERRESTRIAL SOUND BROADCASTING
Introductory
40 Radio multiplex
services
(1) In this Part āradio multiplex
serviceā means a service provided by any person which consists in the
broadcasting for general reception of two or more services specified in
subsection (3) by combining the relevant information in digital form,
together with any broadcasting in digital form of digital additional services
(as defined by section 63(1)).
(2) A
service in respect of which a licence under section 46 or 50 is in force
is not prevented from being a radio multiplex service at a particular time
merely because only one service specified in subsection (3) is being
broadcast in digital form at that time.
(3) The
services referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are ā
(a) a digital sound
programme service (as defined by subsection (5)), or
(b) a simulcast radio
service (as defined by section 41(2)).
(4) A
radio multiplex service provided on a frequency or frequencies assigned to the
Authority under section 45(1) may be either ā
(a) provided for a
particular area or locality in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] (a ālocal radio multiplex serviceā),
or
(b) provided without any
restriction by virtue of this Act to a particular area or locality in the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey] (a ānational
radio multiplex serviceā).
(5) In
this Part ādigital sound programme serviceā means a service
consisting in the provision by any person of programmes consisting wholly of
sound (together with any ancillary services, as defined by section 63(2))
with a view to their being broadcast in digital form for general reception,
whether by him or by some other person, but does not include ā
(a) a simulcast radio
service (as defined by section 41(2)), or
(b) a service where the
sounds are to be received through the use of coded reference to pre-defined
phonetic elements of sounds.
(6) *
*
*
*
*
(7) *
*
*
*
*
(8) In
this section ā
ābroadcastā
means broadcast otherwise than ā
(a) by satellite, or
(b) *
*
*
*
*
āfor
general receptionā means for general reception in, or in any area in, the
United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey].
41 Meaning
of āindependent national broadcasterā and āsimulcast radio
serviceā
(1) In
this Part āindependent national broadcasterā means any person who
is the holder of a national licence (within the meaning of Part III of the
1990 Act).
(2) In
this Part a āsimulcast radio serviceā means any service provided for
broadcasting in digital form ā
(a) which is provided by an
independent national broadcaster who has notified the Authority, within the
period of one month beginning with the commencement of this section, of his
intention to provide a service for broadcasting in that form which corresponds
to a national service (within the meaning of Part III of the 1990 Act)
provided by him otherwise than in that form, and
(b) which corresponds to
that national service.
(3) For
the purposes of this Part a service provided for broadcasting in digital form
corresponds to a national service (within the meaning of Part III of the
1990 Act) if, and only if, in every calendar month ā
(a) at least 80 per cent.
of so much of the national service as consists of programmes, consists of
programmes which are also included in the digital service in that month, and
(b) at least 50 per cent.
of so much of the national service as consists of such programmes is broadcast
at the same time on both services.
(4) *
*
*
*
*
(5) *
*
*
*
*
(6) *
*
*
*
*
(7) In
subsection (3) āprogrammeā does not include an advertisement.
General provisions about licences
42 Licences
under Part II
(1) Any
licence granted by the Radio Authority (in this Part referred to as āthe
Authorityā) under this Part shall be in writing and (subject to the
provisions of this Part) shall continue in force for such period as is
provided, in relation to a licence of the kind in question, by the relevant
provision of this Part.
(2) The
Authority ā
(a) shall not grant a
licence to any person unless they are satisfied that he is a fit and proper
person to hold it, and
(b) shall do all that they
can to secure that, if they cease to be so satisfied in the case of any person
holding a licence, that person does not remain the holder of the licence;
and
nothing in this Part shall be construed as affecting the operation of this
subsection or of section 44(1) or (2)(b) or (c).
(3) The
Authority may vary a licence by a notice served on the licence holder
if ā
(a) in the case of a
variation of the period for which a licence having effect for a specified
period is to continue in force, the licence holder consents, or
(b) in the case of any
other variation, the licence holder has been given a reasonable opportunity of
making representations to the
Authority about the variation.
(4) Paragraph (a)
of subsection (3) does not affect the operation of section 59(1)(b);
and that subsection shall not authorise the variation of any condition included
in a licence in pursuance of section 55(1).
(5) A
licence granted to any person under this Part shall not be transferable to any
other person without the previous consent in writing of the Authority.
(6) Without
prejudice to the generality of subsection (5), the Authority shall not
give their consent for the purposes of that subsection unless they are satisfied
that any such other person would be in a position to comply with all of the
conditions included in the licence which would have effect during the period
for which it is to be in force.
(7) The
holding by any person of a licence to provide any service shall not relieve him
of any requirement to hold a licence under section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act
1949 or [Part 2 of the
Telecommunications
(Jersey) Law 2002[19]] in connection with the provision of that
service.
43 General
licence conditions
(1) A
licence may include ā
(a) such
conditions as appear to the Authority to be appropriate having regard to any
duties which are or may be imposed on them, or on the licence holder, by or
under the 1990 Act or this Act;
(b) conditions
enabling the Authority to supervise and enforce technical standards in
connection with the provision of the licensed service;
(c) conditions
requiring the payment by the licence holder to the Authority (whether on the
grant of the licence or at such times thereafter as may be determined by or
under the licence, or both) of a fee or fees of an amount or amounts so
determined;
(d) conditions
requiring the licence holder to furnish the Authority, in such manner and at
such times as they may reasonably require, with such information as they may
require for the purpose of exercising the functions assigned to them by or
under this Act;
(e) conditions
requiring the licence holder, if found by the Authority to be in breach of any
condition of his licence, to reimburse to the Authority, in such circumstances
as are specified in any conditions, any costs reasonably incurred by them in
connection with the breach of that condition;
(f) conditions
providing for such incidental and supplemental matters as appear to the
Authority to be appropriate.
(2) A
licence may in particular include ā
(a) conditions
requiring the licence holder ā
(i) to comply with
any direction given by the Authority as to such matters as are specified in the
licence or are of a description so specified, or
(ii) (except
to the extent that the Authority consent to his doing or not doing them) not to
do or to do such things as are specified in the licence or are of a description
so specified; and
(b) conditions
requiring the licence holder to permit ā
(i) any employee of,
or person authorised by, the Authority, or
(ii) any
officer of, or person authorised by, the Secretary of State,
to enter any premises
which are used in connection with the broadcasting of the licensed service and
to inspect, examine, operate or test any equipment on the premises which is
used in that connection.
(3) The
fees required to be paid to the Authority by virtue of subsection (1)(c)
shall be in accordance with such tariff as may from time to time be fixed by
the Authority; and the amount of any fee which is to be so paid by the holder
of a licence of a particular class or description shall be such as to represent
what appears to the Authority to be the appropriate contribution of the holder
of such a licence towards meeting the sums which the Authority regard as
necessary in order to discharge their duty under paragraph 12(1) of
Schedule 8 to the 1990 Act.
(4) A
tariff fixed under subsection (3) may specify different fees in relation
to different cases or circumstances; and the Authority shall publish every such
tariff in such manner as they consider appropriate.
(5) Where
the holder of any licence ā
(a) is
required by virtue of any condition imposed under this Part to provide the
Authority with any information, and
(b) in
purported compliance with that condition provides them with any information
which is false in a material particular,
he shall be taken for the
purposes of sections 59, 62 and 66 of this Act and section 111 of the 1990
Act to have failed to comply with that condition.
(6) Nothing
in this Act which authorises or requires the inclusion in a licence of
conditions relating to any particular matter or having effect for any
particular purpose shall be taken as derogating from the generality of
subsection (1).
44 Restrictions on
holding of licences under Part II
(1) The
Authority shall do all that they can to secure ā
(a) that a person does not
become or remain the holder of a licence if he is a person who is a
disqualified person in relation to that licence by virtue of Part II of
Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (as amended by this Act); and
(b) that any requirements
imposed by or under Parts III to V of that Schedule (as so amended) are
complied with by or in relation to persons holding licences in relation to which
those requirements apply.
(2) The
Authority may accordingly ā
(a) require any applicant
for a licence to provide them with such information as they may reasonably
require for the purpose of determining ā
(i) whether
he is such a disqualified person as is mentioned in subsection (1)(a),
(ii) whether
any such requirements as are mentioned in subsection (1)(b) would preclude
them from granting a licence to him, and
(iii) if
so, what steps would be required to be taken by or in relation to him in order
for any such requirements to be complied with;
(b) revoke the award of a
licence to a body where a relevant change takes place after the award, but before
the grant, of the licence;
(c) make the grant of a
licence to any person conditional on the taking of any specified steps that
appear to them to be required to be taken as mentioned in paragraph (a)(iii);
(d) impose conditions in
any licence enabling them to require the licence holder, if a body corporate,
to give to them advance notice of proposals affecting ā
(i) shareholdings
in the body, or
(ii) the
directors of the body,
where such proposals are known to the
body;
(e) impose conditions in
any licence enabling them to give the licence holder directions requiring him
to take, or arrange for the taking of, any specified steps appearing to them to
be required to be taken in order for any such requirements as are mentioned in
subsection (1)(b) to be complied with.
(3) Where
the Authority ā
(a) revoke the award of any
licence in pursuance of subsection (2)(b), or
(b) determine that any
condition imposed by them in relation to any licence in pursuance of subsection (2)(c)
has not been satisfied,
any
provisions of this Part relating to the awarding of licences of the kind in
question shall (subject to subsection (4)) have effect as if the person to
whom the licence was awarded or granted had not made an application for it.
(4) Those
provisions shall not so have effect if the Authority decide that it would be
desirable to publish a fresh notice under this Part in respect of the grant of
a licence, or (as the case may be) a further licence, to provide the service in
question.
(5) Every
licence shall include such conditions as the Authority consider necessary or
expedient to ensure that where ā
(a) the holder of the
licence is a body, and
(b) a
relevant change takes place after the grant of the licence,
the
Authority may revoke the licence by notice served on the holder of the licence
and taking effect forthwith or on a date specified in the notice.
(6) The
Authority shall not serve any such notice on the licence holder
unless ā
(a) the Authority have
notified him of the matters complained of and given him a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to them about those matters, and
(b) in a case where the
relevant change is one falling within subsection (7) ā
(i) they
have also given him an opportunity of complying with Parts III and IV of
Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act within a period specified in the notification,
and
(ii) the
period specified in the notification has elapsed.
(7) A
relevant change falls within this subsection if it consists only in one or more
of the following ā
(a) a reduction in the
total number of points, calculated in accordance with paragraph 9 of Part III
of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act, attributable to all the services referred
to in paragraph 8(1) or (2)(a) or (b) of that Part of that Schedule,
(b) a change in the
national market share (within the meaning of Part IV of that Schedule) of
one or more national newspapers (within the meaning of that Part of that
Schedule), or
(c) a change in the local
market share (within the meaning of that Part of that Schedule) in a particular
area of one or more local newspapers (within the meaning of that Part of that
Schedule).
(8) In
this section ārelevant changeā, in relation to a body to which a
licence has been awarded or granted, means ā
(a) any change affecting
the nature or characteristics of the body,
(b) any change in the
persons having control over or interests in the body, or
(c) any other change giving
rise to a failure to comply with any requirement imposed by or under Schedule 2
to the 1990 Act,
being
(in any case) a change which is such that, if it fell to the Authority to determine
whether to award the licence to the body in the new circumstances of the case,
they would be induced by the change to refrain from so awarding it.
Radio multiplex services
45 Assignment
of frequencies by Secretary of State
(1) The
Secretary of State may by notice assign to the Authority, for the purpose of
the provision of radio multiplex services falling to be licensed by them under
this Part, such frequencies as he may determine.
(2) Any
frequency assigned by the Secretary of State under subsection (1) may be
so assigned for use only in such area or areas as may be specified by the
Secretary of State when making the assignment.
(3) When
assigning a frequency under subsection (1), the Secretary of State shall
specify whether the frequency is to be assigned for the purpose of the
provision of a national radio multiplex service or for the purpose of the
provision of a local radio multiplex service; and any frequency assigned under
that subsection shall be taken to be so assigned only for that purpose.
(4) When
assigning a frequency under subsection (1) for the purpose of the
provision of a national radio multiplex service, the Secretary of State may
also direct the Authority to secure that the holder of the licence to provide
that service is required ā
(a) to broadcast one or
more digital sound programme services of a particular character, or
(b) not to broadcast more
than a specified number of digital sound programme services of a particular
character.
(5) References
in subsection (4) to digital sound programme services of a particular
character include references to digital sound programme services catering for
the tastes and interests of persons living within a specified area or locality.
(6) The
Secretary of State may by notice revoke the assignment under subsection (1)
of any frequency specified in the notice, and may do so whether or not that
frequency is for the time being one on which a radio multiplex service is being
provided.
46 National
radio multiplex licences
(1) Where
the Authority propose to grant a licence to provide a national radio multiplex
service, they shall publish, in such manner as they consider appropriate, a
notice ā
(a) stating that they propose
to grant such a licence,
(b) specifying the
frequency on which the service is to be provided,
(c) specifying, in such
manner as the Authority consider appropriate, the area of the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey] in which the frequency is to be available,
(d) where digital capacity
on the frequency is reserved in pursuance of a direction under section 48
for the broadcasting of a simulcast radio service, stating that fact and
specifying the capacity reserved and the identity of the national service or
services concerned,
(e) where the frequency is
one in respect of which a direction under section 45(4) has been given,
setting out the terms of the direction,
(f) inviting
applications for the licence and specifying the closing date for such
applications,
(g) specifying the fee
payable on any application made in pursuance of the notice, and
(h) stating whether any
percentage of multiplex revenue for each accounting period would be payable by
an applicant in pursuance of section 55 if he were granted the licence
and, if so, specifying that percentage.
(2) Unless
an order under section 55(2) is in force ā
(a) the consent of the
Secretary of State shall be required for so much of the notice as relates to
the matters specified in subsection (1)(h), and
(b) the Authority may if
they think fit (with that consent) specify under subsection (1)(h) ā
(i) different
percentages in relation to different accounting periods falling within the
period for which the licence would be in force, and
(ii) a
nil percentage in relation to any accounting period so falling.
(3) When
publishing a notice under subsection (1), the Authority ā
(a) shall publish with the
notice general guidance as to requirements to be met by proposals as to the matters
referred to in subsection (4)(b)(i) and (ii) and (f), and
(b) may publish with the
notice such other general guidance as they consider appropriate.
(4) Any
application made in pursuance of a notice under subsection (1) must be in
writing and accompanied by ā
(a) the fee specified in
the notice under subsection (1)(g),
(b) a technical plan
relating to the service which the applicant proposes to provide and
indicating ā
(i) the
parts of the area specified under subsection (1)(c) which would be within
the coverage area of the service,
(ii) the
timetable in accordance with which that coverage would be achieved, and
(iii) the
technical means by which it would be achieved,
(c) the applicantās
proposals as to the number of digital sound programme services to be broadcast
and as to the characteristics of each of those services,
(d) the applicantās
proposals as to the timetable in accordance with which the broadcasting of each
of those services would begin,
(e) the applicantās
proposals as to the broadcasting of digital additional services,
(f) the
applicantās proposals for promoting or assisting the acquisition, by
persons in the proposed coverage area of the service, of equipment capable of
receiving the service,
(g) such information as the
Authority may reasonably require as to the applicantās present financial
position and his projected financial position during the period for which the
licence would be in force, and
(h) such other information
as the Authority may reasonably require for the purpose of considering the
application.
(5) In
subsection (4)(f) āacquisitionā includes acquisition on hire
or loan.
(6) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Authority may require the applicant to furnish additional information under any
of paragraphs (b) to (h) of subsection (4).
(7) Any
information to be furnished to the Authority under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(8) The
Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date specified in
a notice under subsection (1) as the closing date for applications, publish
in such manner as they consider appropriate ā
(a) the following matters,
namely ā
(i) the
name of every person who has made an application to them in pursuance of the
notice,
(ii) the
proposals submitted by him under subsection (4)(c), and
(iii) such
other information connected with his application as the Authority consider
appropriate; and
(b) a notice ā
(i) inviting
representations to be made to them with respect to any of the applications, and
(ii) specifying
the manner in which, and the time by which, any such representations are to be
so made.
47 Award
of national radio multiplex licences
(1) Where
the Authority have published a notice under section 46(1), they shall in
determining whether, or to whom, to award the national radio multiplex licence
in question, have regard to the extent to which, taking into account the
matters specified in subsection (2) and any representations received by
them in pursuance of section 46(8)(b) with respect to those matters, the
award of the licence to each applicant would be calculated to promote the
development of digital sound broadcasting in the United Kingdom [and the
Bailiwick of Jersey] otherwise than by satellite.
(2) The
matters referred to in subsection (1) are ā
(a) the extent
of the coverage area (within the area specified in the notice under
section 46(1)(c)) proposed to be achieved by the applicant as indicated in
the technical plan submitted by him under section 46(4)(b),
(b) the timetables proposed
by the applicant under section 46(4)(b)(ii) and (d),
(c) the ability of the
applicant to establish the proposed service and to maintain it throughout the
period for which the licence will be in force,
(d) the capacity of the
digital sound programme services proposed to be included in the service to appeal
to a variety of tastes and interests,
(e) any proposals by the
applicant for promoting or assisting the acquisition, by persons in the
proposed coverage area of the service, of equipment capable of receiving the
service, and
(f) whether, in
contracting or offering to contract with persons providing digital sound
programme services or digital additional services, the applicant has acted in a
manner calculated to ensure fair and effective competition in the provision of
such services.
(3) In
subsection (2)(e) āacquisitionā includes acquisition on hire
or loan.
(4) Where
a direction under section 45(4) has effect in relation to any frequency,
the Authority shall not award a national radio multiplex licence in relation to
that frequency unless they are satisfied that the proposals submitted by the
applicant under section 46(4)(c) comply with the direction.
(5) Where
the Authority have awarded a national radio multiplex licence to any person in
accordance with this section, they shall, as soon as reasonably practicable
after awarding the licence ā
(a) publish in such manner
as they consider appropriate ā
(i) the
name of the person to whom the licence has been awarded, and
(ii) such
other information as the Authority consider appropriate, and
(b) grant the licence to
that person.
48 Reservation
of capacity for independent national broadcasters
(1) (1)
The Secretary of State may, in assigning a frequency to the Authority under
section 45 for the purpose of the provision of a national radio multiplex
service, direct the Authority that, in relation to each independent national
broadcaster specified in the direction, an amount of digital capacity specified
in the direction is to be reserved, subject to the provisions of this Part, for
the broadcasting of a simulcast radio service.
(2) Before
giving a direction under subsection (1) in relation to any simulcast radio
service, the Secretary of State shall consult the Authority as to the amount of
digital capacity which the Authority consider appropriate in all the circumstances
for the broadcasting of that service.
(3) Where
a direction under subsection (1) has been given in relation to a
frequency ā
(a) the Authority shall
include in any national radio multiplex licence granted in respect of that
frequency such conditions as appear to them to be appropriate for securing
that, in consideration of the making by any independent national broadcaster in
relation to whom capacity is reserved of such payments as are from time to time
agreed between him and the licence holder or (in default of agreement)
determined under this section, the licence holder uses such digital capacity
not exceeding the amount reserved under subsection (1) as may from time to
time be requested by the independent national broadcaster for the broadcasting
of services provided by that broadcaster, and
(b) the Authority shall
vary the licence under which the national service is provided to include such
conditions relating to the broadcasting of the simulcast radio service as they
may determine.
(4) Where
the holder of a national radio multiplex licence and an independent national
broadcaster fail to agree as to the payments to be made under a condition
included in the licence in accordance with subsection (3)(a), either of
them may refer the matter to the Authority for their determination.
(5) Before
making a determination under subsection (4), the Authority shall give the
licence holder and the independent national broadcaster an opportunity of
making representations to the Authority about the matter.
(6) In
making any determination under subsection (4), the Authority shall have
regard to ā
(a) the expenses incurred,
or likely to be incurred, by the licence holder in providing the national radio
multiplex service and in broadcasting the simulcast radio service in question,
and
(b) the terms on which
persons providing national radio multiplex services contract with persons
providing national digital sound programme services for the broadcasting of
those services.
49 Duty
of Authority to reserve digital capacity for certain purposes of BBC
(1) In
exercising their powers to grant local radio multiplex licences, the Authority
shall reserve to the BBC such digital capacity as the Authority consider
appropriate in all the circumstances with a view to enabling every BBC local
radio service * * * to be received in digital form within a
coverage area which, so far as reasonably practicable, corresponds with the
coverage area for that service as provided otherwise than in digital form.
(2) The
circumstances to which the Authority may have regard in performing their duty
under subsection (1) include the likely demand for digital capacity by
persons providing or proposing to provide local digital sound programme
services.
(3) Where
the Authority propose to grant a licence to provide a local radio multiplex
service, they shall notify the BBC of the Authorityās proposals for
reserving to the BBC digital capacity on the frequency in respect of which the
licence is to be granted in respect of the area or locality in which it is to
be granted.
(4) If
the BBC do not give their consent to the proposals within such period as the
Authority may specify in their notice under subsection (3), the Authority
shall refer the proposals to the Secretary of State, who may determine ā
(a) whether any digital
capacity is to be reserved to the BBC on the grant of the licence, and
(b) if so, the amount of
that capacity.
(5) Before
making any determination under subsection (4), the Secretary of State
shall give the Authority and the BBC an opportunity of making representations
to him about the Authorityās proposals.
(6) Where
a local radio multiplex licence is granted in respect of a frequency and area
or locality in respect of which digital capacity is reserved in pursuance of
this section, the licence shall include such conditions as appear to the
Authority to be appropriate for the purpose of securing that, in consideration
of the making by the BBC of such payments as are from time to time agreed
between the holder of the licence and the BBC, the holder of the licence uses
such digital capacity as may from time to time be requested by the BBC (not
exceeding the amount so reserved) for the broadcasting of services provided by
the BBC.
50 Local
radio multiplex licence
(1) Where ā
(a) the
BBC have given their consent to proposals made to them under subsection (3)
of section 49, or
(b) the
Secretary of State has made a determination under subsection (4) of that
section,
the
Authority shall publish, in such manner as they consider appropriate, a notice
under subsection (2).
(2) A
notice under this subsection is a notice ā
(a) stating
that the Authority propose to grant a local radio multiplex licence,
(b) specifying
the frequency on which the service is to be provided,
(c) specifying,
in such manner as the Authority consider appropriate, the area or locality in
the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] in which it is to be
available,
(d) stating
whether in pursuance of a direction under section 49 any digital capacity
on the frequency in that area or locality is to be reserved for the
broadcasting in digital form of one or more BBC radio services and, if so,
specifying the capacity reserved and the identity of the BBC radio services
concerned,
(e) inviting
applications for the licence and specifying the closing date for such
applications, and
(f) specifying
the fee payable on any application made in pursuance of the notice.
(3) When
publishing a notice under subsection (2), the Authority ā
(a) shall
publish with the notice general guidance as to requirements to be met by
proposals as to the matters referred to in subsection (4)(b)(i) and (ii),
and
(b) may
publish with the notice such other general guidance as they consider
appropriate.
(4) Any
application made in pursuance of a notice under subsection (2) must be in
writing and accompanied by ā
(a) the
fee specified in the notice under subsection (2)(f),
(b) a
technical plan relating to the service which the applicant proposes to provide
and indicating ā
(i) the
parts of the area or locality specified under subsection (2)(c) which
would be within the coverage area of the service,
(ii) the
timetable in accordance with which that coverage would be achieved, and
(iii) the
technical means by which it would be achieved,
(c) the
applicantās proposals as to the number of digital sound programme
services (other than BBC services) to be broadcast and as to the characteristics
of each of those services,
(d) the
applicantās proposals as to the timetable in accordance with which the
broadcasting of each of those services would begin,
(e) the
applicantās proposals as to the broadcasting of digital additional
services,
(f) such
information as the Authority may reasonably require as to the applicantās
present financial position and his projected financial position during the
period for which the licence would be in force, and
(g) such
other information as the Authority may reasonably require for the purpose of
considering the application.
(5) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it the
Authority may require the applicant to furnish additional information under any
of paragraphs (b) to (g) of subsection (4).
(6) Any
information to be furnished to the Authority under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(7) The
Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date specified in
a notice under subsection (2) as the closing date for applications,
publish in such manner as they consider appropriate ā
(a) the
following matters, namely ā
(i) the
name of every person who has made an application to them in pursuance of the
notice,
(ii) the
proposals submitted by him under subsection (4)(c), and
(iii) such
other information connected with his application as the Authority consider
appropriate; and
(b) a
notice ā
(i) inviting
representations to be made to them with respect to any of the applications, and
(ii) specifying
the manner in which, and the time by which, any such representations are to be
so made.
51 Award
of local radio multiplex licences
(1) Where
the Authority have published a notice under section 50(2), they shall in
determining whether, or to whom, to award the local radio multiplex licence in
question, have regard (in relation to each applicant) to the matters specified
in subsection (2).
(2) The
matters referred to in subsection (1) are ā
(a) the extent of the
coverage area (within the area or locality specified in the notice under
section 50(2)(c)) proposed to be achieved by the applicant as indicated in
the technical plan submitted by him under section 50(4)(b),
(b) the timetables proposed
by the applicant under section 50(4)(b)(ii) and (d),
(c) the ability of the
applicant to establish the proposed service and to maintain it throughout the
period for which the licence will be in force,
(d) the extent to which the
digital sound programme services (other than BBC services) proposed to be
included in the service would cater for the tastes and interests of persons
living in the area or locality for which the service is to be provided and,
where it is proposed to cater for any particular tastes and interests of such
persons, the extent to which those services would cater for those tastes and
interests,
(e) the extent to which any
such digital sound programme services would broaden the range of programmes
available by way of local digital sound programme services to persons living in
the area or locality for which it is to be provided and, in particular, the
extent to which they would cater for tastes and interests different from those
already catered for by local digital sound programme services provided for that
area or locality,
(f) the extent to
which the application is supported by persons living in that area or locality,
and
(g) whether, in contracting
or offering to contract with persons providing digital sound programme services
or digital additional services, the applicant has acted in a manner calculated
to ensure fair and effective competition in the provision of those services.
(3) In
considering the matters referred to in subsection (2), the Authority shall
take into account any representations made to them in pursuance of
section 50(7)(b) with respect to those matters.
(4) Where
the Authority have awarded a local radio multiplex licence to any person in
accordance with this section, they shall, as soon as reasonably practicable
after awarding the licence ā
(a) publish in such manner
as they consider appropriate ā
(i) the
name of the person to whom the licence has been awarded, and
(ii) such
other information as the Authority consider appropriate, and
(b) grant the licence to
that person.
52 Power
to require two or more local radio multiplex licences to be granted to one
person
(1) The
Authority may, before publishing a notice under section 50(2), determine
that two or more local radio multiplex licences are on that occasion to be
granted to one person.
(2) Where
the Authority have so determined, they shall publish a single notice under
section 50(2) in relation to the licences.
(3) In
relation to any application made in pursuance of such a notice ā
(a) references in
section 50(4) and 51(2) to the proposed service shall have effect as
references to each of the proposed services, and
(b) the reference in
section 51(1) to the local radio multiplex licence shall have effect as a
reference to all the licences concerned.
(4) Nothing
in this section applies in relation to the renewal of a local radio multiplex
licence.
53 Failure
to begin providing licensed service and financial penalties on revocation of
licence
(1) Subject
to subsection (2), subsection (3) applies where at any time after a
radio multiplex licence has been granted to any person but before the licence
has come into force ā
(a) that person indicates
to the Authority that he does not intend to provide the service in question, or
(b) the Authority for any
other reason have reasonable grounds for believing that that person will not
provide that service once the licence has come into force.
(2) Subsection (3)
shall not apply in the case of any person by virtue of paragraph (b) of subsection (1)
unless the Authority have served on him a notice stating their grounds for
believing that he will not provide the service in question once his licence has
come into force; and they shall not serve such a notice on him unless they have
given him a reasonable opportunity of making representations to them about the
matters complained of.
(3) Where
this subsection applies ā
(a) the
Authority shall serve on the person to whom the licence has been granted a
notice revoking the licence as from the time the notice is served on him, and
(b) section 47 or 51
shall (subject to subsection (4)) have effect as if he had not made an
application for the licence.
(4) Section 47
or 51 shall not have effect as mentioned in subsection (3) if the
Authority decide that it would be desirable to publish a fresh notice under
section 46(1) or 50(2) in respect of the grant of the licence.
(5) Where
the Authority revoke a radio multiplex licence under this section or under any
other provision of this Part, they shall serve on the licence holder a notice
requiring him to pay to them, within a specified period, a specified financial
penalty not exceeding ā
(a) in the case of a local
radio multiplex licence, £50,000, or
(b) in the case of a
national radio multiplex licence, whichever is the greater of ā
(i) £50,000,
or
(ii) the
prescribed amount.
(6) In
subsection (5)(b)(ii) āthe prescribed amountā means ā
(a) where ā
(i) the
licence is revoked under this section, or
(ii) the
first complete accounting period of the licence holder falling within the
period for which the licence is in force has not yet ended,
7 per cent. of the amount which
the Authority estimate would have been the multiplex revenue for that
accounting period (as determined in accordance with section 56), and
(b) in any other case, 7 per cent.
of the multiplex revenue for the last complete accounting period of the licence
holder so falling (as so determined).
(7) Any
financial penalty payable by any body by virtue of subsection (5) shall,
in addition to being recoverable from that body as provided by section 71(4),
be recoverable by the Authority as a debt due to them from any person who
controls that body.
54 Conditions
attached to national or local radio multiplex licence
(1) A
radio multiplex licence shall include such conditions as appear to the
Authority to be appropriate for securing ā
(a) that the licensed
service is established by the licence holder in accordance with the timetable
and other proposals indicated in the technical plan submitted under section
46(4)(b) or 50(4)(b),
(b) the implementation of
any proposals submitted by the licence holder under section 46(4)(c) to
(f) or 50(4)(c) to (e),
(c) that all digital sound
programme services broadcast under the licence are provided ā
(i) in
the case of a national radio multiplex licence, by the holder of a national
digital sound programme licence under section 60, and
(ii) in
the case of a local radio multiplex licence, by the BBC or the holder of a
local digital sound programme licence under that section,
(d) that all digital
additional services broadcast under the licence are provided by the holder of a
licence under section 64,
(e) that in the terms on
which the holder of the licence contracts, or offers to contract, for the
broadcasting of digital sound programme services or digital additional
services, he does not show undue discrimination either against or in favour of
a particular person providing such a service or a class of such persons,
(f) that the holder
of the licence does not, in any agreement with a person providing a digital
sound programme service or digital additional services which entitles that
person to use a specified amount of digital capacity on the frequency or
frequencies to which the licence relates, restrict that personās freedom
to make arrangements with some other person as to the use of any of that
digital capacity (except to the extent that the restriction is reasonably
required for the purpose of ensuring the technical quality of the broadcasts or
for the purpose of securing compliance with any other condition of the
licence),
(g) that the signals
carrying the radio multiplex service attain high standards in terms of
technical quality and reliability throughout so much of the area or locality for
which the service is provided as is for the time being reasonably practicable,
and
(h) that, while the licence
is in force, at least 90 per cent. of digital capacity on the
frequency or frequencies to which the licence relates is available for the broadcasting
of digital sound programme services, simulcast radio services,
programme-related services or relevant technical services.
(2) In
paragraph (1)(h) ā
(a) āprogramme-related
serviceā means any digital additional service consisting in the provision
of services (apart from advertising) which ā
(i) are
ancillary to the programmes included in one or more digital sound programme
services, simulcast radio services or local or national services (within the
meaning of Part I of the 1990 Act) and are directly related to the contents
of those programmes, or
(ii) relate
to the promotion or listing of such programmes, and
(b) ārelevant
technical serviceā means any technical service which relates to one or
more digital sound programme services.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) *
*
*
*
*
(5) Any
conditions imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a) or (b) may be varied
by the Authority with the consent of the licence holder (and section 42(3)(b)
shall accordingly not apply to any such variation).
(6) Where
the licence holder applies to the Authority for the variation of any condition
imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(b) and relating to the
characteristics of any of the digital sound programme services to be broadcast
under the licence, the Authority shall vary the condition accordingly
unless ā
(a) it appears to the
Authority that, if the application were granted, the capacity of the digital
sound programme services broadcast under the licence to appeal to a variety of
tastes and interests would be unacceptably diminished, or
(b) in the case of a
national radio multiplex licence in relation to which a direction under
section 45(4) has effect, the Authority are not satisfied that the
proposed variation complies with that direction.
(7) Section 94
of the 1990 Act (Government control over licensed services) shall apply in
relation to a radio multiplex service licensed under this Part as it applies in
relation to a service licensed under Part III of that Act.
55 Additional
payments to be made in respect of national radio multiplex licences
(1) Where
a national radio multiplex licence is granted in pursuance of a notice under
subsection (1) of section 46 which specified a percentage of multiplex
revenue under paragraph (h) of that subsection, the licence shall include
conditions requiring the licence holder to pay to the Authority (in addition to
any fees required to be so paid by virtue of section 43(1)(c)) in respect
of each accounting period of his falling within the period for which the
licence is in force, an amount representing such percentage of the multiplex
revenue for that accounting period (determined under section 56) as was
specified in the notice.
(2) *
*
*
*
*
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) A
national radio multiplex licence may include conditions ā
(a) enabling the Authority
to estimate before the beginning of an accounting period the amount due for
that period by virtue of subsection (1), and
(b) requiring the licence
holder to pay the estimated amount by monthly instalments throughout that
period.
(5) Such
a licence may in particular include conditions ā
(a) authorising the
Authority to revise any estimate on one or more occasions, and to adjust the
instalments payable by the licence holder to take account of the revised
estimate;
(b) providing for the
adjustment of any overpayment or underpayment.
(6) Where ā
(a) the first complete
accounting period of the licence holder falling within the period for which the
licence is in force (āthe licence periodā) does not begin at the
same time as that period, or
(b) the last complete
accounting period of his falling within the licence period does not end at the
same time as that period,
any
reference in subsection (1) to an accounting period of his shall include a
reference to such part of the accounting period preceding that first complete
accounting period, or (as the case may be) following that last complete
accounting period, as falls within the licence period; and other references to
accounting periods in this Part shall be construed accordingly.
56 Multiplex
revenue
(1) For the purposes of section 55(1) the
multiplex revenue for each accounting period of the holder of a national radio
multiplex licence shall consist of ā
(a) all payments received
or to be received by him or any person connected with him from a person other
than a programme provider or an additional services provider ā
(i) in
consideration of the inclusion in that period, in any digital sound programme
service or digital additional service broadcast by means of the national radio
multiplex service to which the licence relates, of advertisements or other
programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital sound programme service or digital additional service,
(b) all payments received
or to be received by him or any person connected with him in respect of the
broadcasting of any simulcast radio service by means of the national radio
multiplex service,
(c) all payments received
or to be received by any programme provider or any person connected with him
from a person other than the holder of the radio multiplex licence, an
additional service provider or another programme provider ā
(i) in
consideration of the inclusion in that period, in any digital sound programme
service provided by him for broadcasting by means of the national radio
multiplex service, of advertisements or other programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital sound programme service, and
(d) all payments received
or to be received by any additional services provider or any person connected
with him from a person other than the holder of the radio multiplex licence, a
programme provider or another additional services provider ā
(i) in
consideration of the inclusion in that period, in any digital additional
service provided by him for broadcasting by means of the national radio
multiplex service, of advertisements or other programmes, or
(ii) in
respect of charges made in that period for the reception of programmes included
in any such digital additional service.
(2) If,
in connection with the inclusion of any advertisements or other programmes
whose inclusion is paid for by payments falling within subsection (1)(a)(i),
any payments are made to the holder of the radio multiplex licence or any
person connected with him to meet any payments payable by the licence holder by
virtue of section 55(1), those payments shall be regarded as made in
consideration of the inclusion of the programmes in question.
(3) In
the case of an advertisement included as mentioned in subsection (1)(a)(i),
(c)(i) or (d)(i) under arrangements made between ā
(a) the holder of the radio
multiplex licence, a programme provider or an additional services provider or
any person connected with any of them, and
(b) a person acting as an
advertising agent,
the
amount of any receipt by the licence holder, programme provider or additional
services provider or any connected person that represents a payment by the
advertiser from which the advertising agent has deducted any amount by way of
commission shall, except in a case falling within subsection (4), be the
amount of the payment by the advertiser after the deduction of the commission.
(4) If
the amount deducted by way of commission as mentioned in subsection (3)
exceeds 15 per cent. of the payment by the advertiser, the amount of
the receipt in question shall be taken to be the amount of the payment less
15 per cent.
(5) If,
in any accounting period of the holder of the radio multiplex licence, a
programme provider or an additional services provider or a person connected
with any of them derives, in relation to any programme to be included in the
relevant service, any financial benefit (whether direct or indirect) from
payments made by any person other than the licence holder, by way of
sponsorship, for the purpose of defraying or contributing towards costs
incurred or to be incurred in connection with that programme, the relevant
payments shall be taken to include the amount of the financial benefit so
derived by the licence holder or the connected person, as the case may be.
(6) In
subsection (5) ā
(a) āthe
relevant serviceā means ā
(i) in
relation to a programme provider or a person connected with him, any digital
sound programme service provided as mentioned in subsection (1)(c)(i), and
(ii) in
relation to an additional services provider or a person connected with him, any
digital additional service provided as mentioned in subsection (1)(d)(i),
and
(b) ārelevant
paymentsā means ā
(i) in
relation to a programme provider, the payments referred to in
subsection (1)(c), and
(ii) in
relation to an additional services provider, the payments referred to in
subsection (1)(d).
(7) Where,
in any accounting period of the holder of the radio multiplex
licence ā
(a) the licence holder
provides a digital sound programme service or digital additional service for
broadcasting by means of the multiplex service,
(b) the licence
holder is engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by another person, would
result in payments falling within subsection (1)(a) being made to the licence holder,
(c) a programme provider is
engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by another person, would result in
payments falling within subsection (1)(c) being made to the programme
provider, or
(d) an additional services
provider is engaged in any activity which, if engaged in by another person,
would result in payments falling within subsection (1)(d) being made to the
additional services provider,
the
Authority may, if they consider that the amount which would (apart from this
subsection) be the multiplex revenue for that accounting period is less than it
would have been if the digital sound programme service or digital additional
service had been provided, or the activity engaged in, by another person at armās
length, treat the multiplex revenue as increased by the amount of the
difference.
(8) Where,
in any accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence, the licence
holder or a programme provider or additional services provider receives
payments falling within subsection (1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) from a person
connected with him and it appears to the Authority that the amount which (apart
from this subsection) would be the multiplex revenue for that accounting period
is less than it would have been if the arrangements between him and the
connected person were such as might be expected between parties at arm's
length, the Authority may treat the multiplex revenue as increased by the
amount of the difference.
(9) In
this section ā
āadditional
services providerā, in relation to a national radio multiplex licence,
means any person who provides any digital additional service for broadcasting
by means of the radio multiplex service to which the licence relates;
āprogramme
providerā, in relation to a national radio multiplex licence, means any
person who provides a digital sound programme service for broadcasting by means
of the radio multiplex service to which the licence relates.
57 Attribution
of multiplex revenue to licence holder and others
(1) For the purposes of section 59(3), the share of multiplex
revenue attributable to the holder of a national radio multiplex licence in
respect of any accounting period of his shall be ā
(a) the
aggregate of ā
(i) payments falling
within paragraph (a) or (b) of section 56(1), and
(ii) payments
received or to be received by him from programme providers and additional
services providers in respect of the provision of radio multiplex services in
that period,
less
(b) the
amount of any payments made or to be made to programme providers or additional
service providers which would fall within paragraph (c) or (d) of
section 56(1) but for the fact that they are received from the holder of
the national radio multiplex licence.
(2) For
the purposes of section 62(3) or section 66(3), the share of
multiplex revenue attributable to a programme provider or additional services
provider in relation to a national radio multiplex service in respect of any
accounting period of the holder of the radio multiplex licence shall
be ā
(a) the
aggregate of ā
(i) payments falling
within paragraph (c) or (d) of section 56(1), and
(ii) payments
received or to be received from the holder of the radio multiplex licence which
would fall within one of those paragraphs but for the fact that they are
received from the holder of the radio multiplex licence,
less
(b) the
amount of any payments made or to be made to the holder of the radio multiplex
licence in respect of the provision of radio multiplex services in that period.
(3) In
a case falling within subsection (7) or (8) of section 56, the
Authority may treat the share of multiplex revenue attributable to any person
for the accounting period of the holder of the national radio multiplex licence
as increased by such amount as they consider appropriate to take account of the
circumstances mentioned in that subsection.
(4) In
this section āadditional services providerā and āprogramme
providerā, in relation to a national radio multiplex licence, have the
same meaning as in section 56.
58 Duration
and renewal of national or local radio multiplex licences
(1) A radio multiplex licence shall (subject to the
provisions of this Part and to section 111 of the 1990 Act as applied by
section 59(8)) continue in force for a period of twelve years.
(2) A
radio multiplex licence which is granted within six years of the commencement
of this section may be renewed on one occasion in accordance with this section
for a period of twelve years beginning with the date on which it would
otherwise expire.
(3) An
application for the renewal of a radio multiplex licence under subsection (2)
may be made by the licence holder not earlier than four years before the date
on which it would otherwise cease to be in force and not later than the
relevant date.
(4) At
any time before determining the application, the Authority may ā
(a) require the applicant
to furnish ā
(i) a
technical plan which supplements that submitted by the licence holder under
section 46(4)(b) or 50(4)(b), and
(ii) in
the case of a national radio multiplex licence, proposals which supplement that
submitted by the licence holder under section 46(4)(f), and
(b) notify the applicant of
requirements which must be met by that supplementary technical plan or those
supplementary proposals and relate to the matters referred to in section 46(4)(b)(i)
and (ii) or 50(4)(b)(i) and (ii).
(5) The
consent of the Secretary of State shall be required for any exercise by the
Authority of their powers under subsection (4) and for any decision by the
Authority not to exercise those powers; and in deciding whether to give his
consent the Secretary of State shall have regard to any report made to him
under subsection (1)(b) of section 67 and to any representations
received by him on consultation under subsection (4) of that section.
(6) Where
any such application is made before the relevant date, the Authority may
postpone consideration of it by them for as long as they think appropriate
having regard to subsection (10).
(7) Where
an application for the renewal of a radio multiplex licence has been duly made
to the Authority, they may refuse the application only if ā
(a) it appears to them that
the applicant has failed to comply with any of the conditions included in his
licence,
(b) any supplementary
technical plan or supplementary proposals submitted under subsection (4)(a)
fail to meet requirements notified to the applicant under subsection (4)(b),
or
(c) they are not satisfied
that the applicant would, if his licence were renewed, provide a service which
complied with the conditions to be included in the licence as renewed.
(8) Subject
to subsection (9), on the grant of any such application the Authority may
with the consent of the Secretary of State, and shall if so required by
him ā
(a) specify a percentage
different from that specified under section 46(1)(h) as the percentage of
multiplex revenue for each accounting period of his that will be payable by the
applicant in pursuance of section 55(1) during the period for which the
licence is to be renewed, or
(b) specify such a
percentage where none was specified under section 46(1)(h);
and
the Authority may specify under paragraph (a) or (b) either of the things
mentioned in section 46(2)(b).
(9) Where
an order under section 55(2) is in force on the relevant date, no percentage of
multiplex revenue shall be payable as mentioned in subsection (8)(a)
during the period for which the licence is to be renewed.
(10) Where
the Authority have granted a personās application under this section,
they shall formally renew his licence from the date on which it would otherwise
expire; but in the case of a national multiplex licence they shall not so renew
his licence unless they have notified him of any percentage specified by them
under subsection (8) and he has, within such period as is specified in
that notification, notified them that he consents to the licence being renewed
on those terms.
(11) Where
a radio multiplex licence has been renewed under this section, the licence as
renewed shall include such further conditions as appear to the Authority to be
appropriate for securing the implementation of any supplementary technical plan
and supplementary proposals submitted under subsection (4)(a).
(12) In
this section āthe relevant dateā, in relation to a radio multiplex
licence, means the date which the Authority determine to be that by which they
would need to publish a notice under section 46(1) or 50(2) if they were
to grant, as from the date on which that licence would expire if not renewed, a
fresh licence to provide the service formerly provided under that licence.
(13) Nothing
in this section prevents the holder of a radio multiplex licence from applying
for a new licence on one or more occasions in pursuance of a notice under
section 46(1) or 50(2).
59 Enforcement
of national or local radio multiplex licences
(1) If the Authority are satisfied that the holder of a radio multiplex
licence has failed to comply with any condition of the licence or with any
direction given by the Authority under or by virtue of any provision of this
Part, they may (subject to the following provisions of this section) serve on
him ā
(a) a
notice requiring him to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial
penalty to the Authority, or
(b) a
notice reducing the period for which the licence is to be in force by a
specified period not exceeding two years.
(2) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a)
on the holder of a national radio multiplex licence shall not exceed whichever
is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000,
or
(b) the
amount determined under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a
case where a penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the
holder of the radio multiplex licence during any period for which his licence
has been in force (āthe relevant periodā), 3 per cent. of
the share of multiplex revenue attributable to him for his last complete
accounting period (as determined in accordance with section 57), and
(b) in
any other case, 5 per cent. of the share of multiplex revenue
attributable to him for that accounting period (as so determined),
and in relation to a
person whose first complete accounting period falling within the relevant
period has not yet ended, paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be construed
as referring to 3, or (as the case may be) 5, per cent. of the amount
which the Authority estimate to be the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to him for that accounting period (as so determined).
(4) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a)
on the holder of a local radio multiplex licence shall not exceed
Ā£50,000.
(5) The
Authority shall not serve on any person any notice under subsection (1)
unless they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making representations
to them about the matters complained of.
(6) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Authority may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(7) Where
the Authority serve a notice on a BBC company under any provision of this
section, they shall send a copy of the notice to the Secretary of State.
(8) Subject
to subsection (9), section 111 of the 1990 Act (power to revoke
licence granted under Chapter II of Part III of the 1990 Act) shall
have effect in relation to a radio multiplex licence as it has effect in
relation to a licence under Chapter II of Part III of the 1990 Act.
(9) In
its application in relation to a radio multiplex licence, section 111 of
the 1990 Act shall have effect ā
(a) with
the substitution in subsection (1)(a) for the reference to Part III
of the 1990 Act of a reference to this Part, and
(b) with
the omission of subsection (4) and the reference to that subsection in
subsection (6).
Digital
sound programme service
60 Licensing of
digital sound programme services
(1) For
the purposes of this Part a digital sound programme service is ā
(a) a
ānational digital sound programme serviceā if it is provided for
broadcasting by means of a national radio multiplex service, and
(b) a
ālocal digital sound programme serviceā if it is provided for
broadcasting by means of a local radio multiplex service.
(2) A
licence to provide digital sound programme services (in this Part referred to
as a ādigital sound programme licenceā) may be either ā
(a) a
licence to provide national digital sound programme services (in this Part
referred to as a ānational digital sound programme licenceā), or
(b) a
licence to provide local digital sound programme services (in this Part
referred to as a ālocal digital sound programme licenceā).
(3) An
application for a digital sound programme licence shall ā
(a) be
made in such manner as the Authority may determine, and
(b) be
accompanied by such fee (if any) as they may determine.
(4) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Authority may require the applicant to furnish such additional information as
they may consider necessary for the purpose of considering the application.
(5) Any
information to be furnished to the Authority under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(6) Where
an application for a digital sound programme licence is made to the Authority
in accordance with the provisions of this section, they shall grant the licence
unless precluded from doing so by section 42(2)(a) or 44(1).
(7) Subject
to subsection (8), section 90 of the 1990 Act (general provisions
relating to services licensed under Part III of that Act) shall apply in
relation to a digital sound programme service licensed under this Part of this
Act as it applies in relation to a national or local service (within the
meaning of Part III of the 1990 Act).
(8) In
its application in relation to a digital sound programme service licensed under
this Part, section 90 of the 1990 Act shall have effect with the omission
of subsection (7) and with the substitution for subsections (3) and (4) of
the following ā
ā(3) The appropriate requirement
referred to in subsection (2)(a) is ā
(a) in
the case of a national digital sound programme service, that due impartiality
is preserved on the part of the person providing the service as respects
matters of political or industrial controversy or relating to current public
policy;
(b) in
the case of a local digital sound programme service, that undue prominence is
not given in its programmes to the views and opinions of particular persons or
bodies on such matters.
(4) In applying
subsection (3)(a) to a national digital sound programme service a series
of programmes may be considered as a whole; and in applying
subsection (3)(b) to a local digital sound programme service the
programmes included in that service shall be taken as a whole.ā
(9) Subject
to subsection (10), sections 91 to 96 of the 1990 Act (general provisions
relating to services licensed under Part III of that Act) shall apply in
relation to a digital sound programme service licensed under this Part as they
apply in relation to a licensed service (within the meaning of Part III of
the 1990 Act).
(10) In
its application in relation to a digital sound programme service,
section 96(1)(b) shall have effect as if the reference to the
Authorityās functions under Chapter II of Part III of the 1990
Act included a reference to their functions under this Part.
61 Duration and
conditions of digital sound programme licence
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part and to
section 111 of the 1990 Act as applied by section 62(10), a digital
sound programme licence shall continue in force until it is surrendered by its
holder.
(2) A
digital sound programme licence shall include such conditions as appear to the
Authority to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the
licence ā
(a) on entering into any
agreement with the holder of a radio multiplex licence for the provision of a
digital sound programme service to be broadcast by means of a radio multiplex
service, to notify the Authority ā
(i) of
the identity of the radio multiplex service,
(ii) of
the characteristics of the digital sound programme service to which the
agreement relates, and
(iii) of
the period during which it will be provided,
(b) when any such agreement
is varied so far as it relates to any of the matters mentioned in paragraph (a)(i),
(ii) or (iii), to notify the Authority of the variation so far as relating to
those matters, and
(c) where he is providing a
digital sound programme service to the holder of a radio multiplex licence in
accordance with such an agreement as is mentioned in paragraph (a) but intends
to cease doing so, to notify the Authority of that fact.
(3) A
digital sound programme licence shall also include such conditions as appear to
the Authority to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the licence, on
entering into any such agreement as is mentioned in subsection (2)(a), to
submit to the Authority proposals for training or retraining persons employed
or to be employed by him in order to help fit them for employment in, or in
connection with, the making of programmes to be included in his service.
(4) Where
the holder of a digital sound programme licence has submitted proposals to the
Authority in accordance with a condition included in the licence by virtue of
subsection (3) or has failed to comply with such a condition, the Authority
may, after consulting him, vary the licence so as to include in the licence
such further conditions as they consider appropriate in relation to the matters
referred to in that subsection.
62 Enforcement
of digital sound programme licences
(1) If
the Authority are satisfied that the holder of a digital sound programme
licence has failed to comply with any condition of the licence or with any
direction given by the Authority under or by virtue of any provision of this
Part, they may (subject to the following provisions of this section) serve on
him ā
(a) a notice requiring him
to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Authority,
(b) a notice providing that
the licence is to expire on a specified date, which shall be at least one year
from the date of service of the notice, and
(c) a notice suspending the
licence for a specified period not exceeding six months.
(2) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a)
on the holder of a national digital sound programme licence shall not exceed
whichever is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000, and
(b) the amount determined
under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a case where a
penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the holder of the
digital sound programme licence during any period for which his licence has
been in force, 3 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of
multiplex revenue attributable to him in relation to national radio multiplex
services in respect of relevant accounting periods (as determined in accordance
with section 57), and
(b) in any other case, 5 per cent.
of the aggregate amount of those shares of multiplex revenue (as so
determined).
(4) In
subsection (3) ārelevant accounting periodā, in relation to a
national radio multiplex service, means the last accounting period of the
holder of the national radio multiplex licence.
(5) Where,
in the case of any national radio multiplex service, the first accounting
period of the holder of the national radio multiplex licence throughout which
the holder of the digital sound programme licence provides a digital sound
programme service for broadcasting by means of the radio multiplex service
(āthe first periodā) has not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3) the share of multiplex revenue attributable to the holder
of the digital sound programme licence in relation to that radio multiplex
service for the relevant accounting period shall be taken to be the amount
which the Authority estimate to be the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to him for the first period.
(6) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed in pursuance of subsection (1)(a)
on the holder of a local digital sound programme licence shall not exceed
Ā£50,000.
(7) The
Authority shall not serve on any person any notice under subsection (1)
unless they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making representations
to them about the matters complained of.
(8) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Authority may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(9) Where
the Authority serve a notice on a BBC company under any provision of this
section, they shall send a copy of the notice to the Secretary of State.
(10) Subject
to subsections (11) and (12), section 109 (power to require scripts etc. or
broadcasting of correction or apology or not to repeat programme) and
section 111 (power to revoke licences) of the 1990 Act shall apply in
relation to a digital sound programme licence as they apply in relation to a
licence under Chapter II of Part III of the 1990 Act.
(11) In
its application in relation to a digital sound programme licence, section 109(1)
of the 1990 Act shall have effect with the substitution for the reference to a
direction under Part III of that Act of a reference to a direction under
this Part.
(12) In
its application in relation to a digital sound programme licence, section 111
of the 1990 Act shall have effect ā
(a) with
the substitution for the reference in subsection (1)(a) to Part III
of that Act of a reference to this Part, and
(b) with the omission of
subsection (4) and of the reference to that subsection in subsection (6).
(13) It
is hereby declared that any exercise by the Authority of their powers under
subsection (1) in respect of any failure to comply with any condition of a
digital sound programme licence shall not preclude any exercise by the Authority
of their powers under section 109 of the 1990 Act in respect of that
failure.
Digital
additional services provided on sound broadcasting frequencies
63 Digital
additional services
(1) In this Part ādigital additional serviceā
means any service which ā
(a) is provided by any
person with a view to its being broadcast in digital form by means of a radio
multiplex service, whether by him or by some other person, but
(b) is not a digital sound
programme service, a simulcast radio service, an ancillary service or a
technical service.
(2) In
this Part āancillary serviceā means any service which is provided
by the holder of a digital sound programme licence or by an independent
national broadcaster and consists in the provision of any service (other than
advertising) which ā
(a) is ancillary to programmes
included in a digital sound programme service or simulcast radio service
provided by him and is directly related to their contents, or
(b) relates to the
promotion or listing of such programmes.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) *
*
*
*
*
64 Licensing
of digital additional services
(1) An application for a licence to provide digital
additional services (in this Part referred to as a ādigital additional
services licenceā) shall ā
(a) be made in such manner
as the Authority may determine, and
(b) be accompanied by such
fee (if any) as they may determine.
(2) At
any time after receiving such an application and before determining it, the
Authority may require the applicant to furnish such additional information as
they may consider necessary for the purpose of considering the application.
(3) Any
information to be furnished to the Authority under this section shall, if they
so require, be in such form or verified in such manner as they may specify.
(4) Where
an application for a digital additional services licence is made to the
Authority in accordance with the provisions of this section, they shall grant
the licence unless precluded from doing so by section 42(2)(a) or 44(1).
65 Duration
and conditions of digital additional services licence
(1) Subject
to the provisions of this Part and to section 111 of the 1990 Act as
applied by section 66(10), a digital additional services licence shall
continue in force until it is surrendered by its holder.
(2) A
digital additional services licence shall include such conditions as appear to
the Authority to be appropriate for requiring the holder of the
licence ā
(a) on entering into any
agreement with the holder of a radio multiplex licence for the provision of
digital additional services to be broadcast by means of a radio multiplex service,
to notify the Authority ā
(i) of
the identity of the radio multiplex service,
(ii) of
the period during which the services will be provided, and
(iii) where
under the agreement the holder of the digital additional services licence will
be entitled to the use of a specified amount of digital capacity, of that
amount,
(b) when any such agreement
is varied so far as it relates to any of the matters mentioned in paragraph (a)(i),
(ii) or (iii) to notify the Authority of the variation so far as relating to
those matters, and
(c) where he is providing
digital additional services to the holder of a radio multiplex licence in
accordance with such an agreement as is mentioned in paragraph (a) but
intends to cease doing so, to notify the Authority of that fact.
66 Enforcement
of digital additional services licences
(1) If
the Authority are satisfied that the holder of a digital additional services
licence has failed to comply with any condition of the licence or with any
direction given by the Authority under or by virtue of any provision of this Part,
they may (subject to the following provisions of this section) serve on
him ā
(a) a notice requiring him
to pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Authority,
(b) a notice providing that
the licence is to expire on a specified date, which shall be at least one year
from the date of service of the notice, or
(c) a notice suspending the
licence for a specified period not exceeding six months.
(2) Subject
to subsection (4), the amount of any financial penalty imposed in pursuance
of subsection (1)(a) on the holder of a digital additional services
licence shall not exceed whichever is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000, and
(b) the amount determined
under subsection (3).
(3) The
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) is ā
(a) in a case where a
penalty under this section has not previously been imposed on the holder of the
digital additional services licence during any period for which his licence has
been in force, 3 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of
multiplex revenue attributable to him in relation to national radio multiplex
services in respect of relevant accounting periods (as determined in accordance
with section 57), and
(b) in any other case, 5 per cent.
of the aggregate amount of those shares of multiplex revenue (as so
determined).
(4) Where
the holder of a digital additional services licence has not provided any
digital additional services for broadcasting by means of a national radio
multiplex service, the amount of any penalty imposed on him under subsection (1)(a)
shall not exceed £50,000.
(5) In
subsection (3) ārelevant accounting periodā, in relation to a
national radio multiplex service, means the last accounting period of the
holder of the national radio multiplex licence.
(6) Where,
in the case of any national radio multiplex service, the first accounting
period of the holder of the national radio multiplex licence throughout which
the holder of the digital additional services licence provides a digital
additional service for broadcasting by means of the radio multiplex service
(āthe first periodā) has not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3) the share of multiplex revenue attributable to the holder
of the digital additional services licence in relation to that radio multiplex
service for the relevant accounting period shall be taken to be the amount
which the Authority estimate to be the share of multiplex revenue attributable
to him for the first period.
(7) The
Authority shall not serve on any person any notice under subsection (1) unless
they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making representations to them
about the matters complained of.
(8) Where
a licence is due to expire on a particular date by virtue of a notice served on
any person under subsection (1)(b), the Authority may, on the application
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served on him at any
time before that date, if they are satisfied that, since the date of the
earlier notice, his conduct in relation to the operation of the licensed
service has been such as to justify the revocation of that notice.
(9) Where
the Authority serve a notice on a BBC company under any provision of this
section, they shall send a copy of the notice to the Secretary of State.
(10) Subject
to subsections (11) and (12), section 109 (power to require scripts etc. or
broadcasting of correction or apology or not to repeat programme) and
section 111 (power to revoke licences) of the 1990 Act shall apply in
relation to a digital additional services licence as they apply in relation to
a licence under Chapter II of Part III of the 1990 Act.
(11) In
its application in relation to a digital additional services licence, section 109(1)
of the 1990 Act shall have effect with the substitution for the reference to a
direction under Part III of that Act of a reference to a direction under
this Part.
(12) In
its application in relation to a digital additional services licence, section 111
of the 1990 Act shall have effect ā
(a) with the substitution
for the reference in subsection (1)(a) to Part III of that Act of a
reference to this Part, and
(b) with the omission of
subsection (4) and of the reference to that subsection in subsection (6).
(13) It
is hereby declared that any exercise by the Authority of their powers under
subsection (1) in respect of any failure to comply with any condition of a
digital additional services licence shall not preclude any exercise by the
Authority of their powers under section 109 of the 1990 Act in respect of
that failure.
Miscellaneous and supplemental
67 Review
of digital radio broadcasting
(1) For
the purpose of considering for how long it would be appropriate for sound
broadcasting services to continue to be provided in analogue form, the
Secretary of State ā
(a) shall
keep under review the extent of ā
(i) the provision in
the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey] of radio multiplex services,
(ii) the
availability in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] of digital
sound programme services and the availability there in digital form of national
services (within the meaning of Part III of the 1990 Act) and the sound
broadcasting services of the BBC, and
(iii) the
ownership or possession in the United
Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] of
equipment capable of receiving the services referred to in sub-paragraph (ii)
when broadcast or transmitted in digital form,
and the likely future
extent of such provision, such availability and such ownership or possession,
and
(b) shall,
on or before the fourth anniversary of the day on which the first national
radio multiplex licence is granted under section 47, and at such time or
times thereafter as he thinks fit, require the Authority and the BBC to report
to him on the matters referred to in paragraph (a).
(2) If
the Authority or the BBC are required to submit a report under
subsection (1)(b), they shall submit the report within twelve months of
the date of the requirement.
(3) Before
making any report under this subsection (1)(b), the Authority shall
consult ā
(a) the
holders of all radio multiplex licences,
(b) the
holders of digital sound programme licences who are providing digital sound
programme services which are being broadcast, and
(c) such
other persons providing services licensed by the Authority under this Part or
Part III of the 1990 Act as the Authority think fit,
and the Authority shall
include in their report a summary of representations made to them by the
persons consulted.
(4) For
the purpose mentioned in subsection (1), the Secretary of State shall, on
requiring reports under subsection (1)(b), consult ā
(a) such
persons appearing to him to represent listeners as he thinks fit, and
(b) such
other persons as he thinks fit,
in connection with the
matters referred to in subsection (1)(a) and also, if the Secretary of
State thinks fit, as to the likely effects on listeners of any sound
broadcasting service ceasing to be broadcast in analogue form.
(5) In
this section āsound broadcasting serviceā has the same meaning as
in Part III of the 1990 Act.
68 Promotion of
equal opportunities and fair treatment
(1) Any national radio multiplex licence or
national digital sound programme licence shall include conditions requiring the
licence holder ā
(a) to make arrangements
for promoting, in relation to employment by him, equality of opportunity
between men and women and between persons of different racial groups,
(b) to make arrangements
for promoting, in relation to employment by him, the fair treatment of disabled
persons, and
(c) to review those arrangements
from time to time.
(2) In
subsection (1) āracial groupā has the same meaning as in the Race Relations Act 1976, and ādisabled personā has the
same meaning as in the Disability Discrimination Act 1995.
69 Power
to vary amount of financial penalties
(1) The
Secretary of State may by order amend any of the provisions specified in
subsection (2) by substituting a different sum for the sum for the time
being specified there.
(2) The
provisions referred to in subsection (1) are ā
section 53(5)(a)
and (b)(i);
section 59(2)(a)
and (4);
section 62(2)(a)
and (6); and
section 66(2)(a)
and (4).
(3) An
order under subsection (1) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a
resolution of either House of Parliament.
70 Computation
of multiplex revenue
Part II
of Schedule 1 (which contains provisions relating to the computation of
multiplex revenue for the purposes of this Part) shall have effect.
71 Certain
receipts of Authority to be paid into Consolidated Fund
(1) Where
the Authority receive in respect of any licence any of the amounts specified in
subsection (2), that amount shall not form part of the revenues of the
Authority but shall ā
(a) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for any area or locality in Great Britain,
be paid into the Consolidated Fund of the United Kingdom,
(b) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for any area or locality in Northern Ireland,
be paid into the Consolidated Fund of Northern Ireland, [
(bb) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for the Bailiwick of Jersey, be
paid to the Treasurer of the States of Jersey, or
(c) if
the licence is for the provision of a service for an area consisting
of ā
(i) the
Bailiwick of Jersey and the whole or part of
the United Kingdom,
(ii) the
Bailiwick of Jersey and the Bailiwick of
Guernsey, or
(iii) the
Bailiwick of Jersey, the Bailiwick of Guernsey
and the whole or part of the United
Kingdom,
as
respects such proportion of the amount as the Commission consider appropriate,
be paid as mentioned in paragraph (bb) above.]
(2) The
amounts referred to in subsection (1) are amounts payable by virtue of any
of the following provisions ā
section
53(5);
section
55(1);
section
59(1);
section
62(1);
section
66(1).
(3) Subsection (1)
shall not be construed as applying to any amount which is required by the
Authority for the making of an adjustment in respect of an overpayment made by
any person.
(4) Any
amount payable by any person to the Authority under or by virtue of this Part shall
be recoverable by them as a debt due to them from that person; and, where any
amount is so payable by a person as the holder of any licence under this Part,
his liability to pay it shall not be affected by his licence ceasing (for any
reason) to be in force.
(5) The
Authority shall, in respect of each financial year, prepare an account
showing ā
(a) all
such amounts falling within subsection (1) as have been received by them,
and
(b) the
sums paid into the Consolidated Funds of the United Kingdom and Northern Ireland
[and the Treasurer of the States of Jersey] respectively under that subsection
in respect of those amounts,
and
shall send that account to the Comptroller and Auditor General not later than
the end of the month of November following the financial year to which it
relates; and the Comptroller and Auditor General [and to the Treasurer of the
States of Jersey] shall examine, certify and report on the account and lay
copies of it, together with his report, before each House of Parliament [and the
Treasurer of the States of Jersey shall lay copies of the account before the
States of Jersey].
72 Interpretation
of Part II
(1) In this Part (unless the context otherwise
requires) ā
āancillary
serviceā has the meaning given by section 63(2);
āthe
Authorityā means the Radio Authority;
ādigital
additional serviceā has the meaning given by section 63(1), and ādigital
additional services licenceā means a licence to provide such services;
ādigital
sound programme serviceā has the meaning given by section 40(5), and
ādigital sound programme licenceā means a licence to provide such
services;
āindependent
national broadcasterā has the meaning given by section 41(1);
ālicenceā
means a licence under this Part, and ālicensedā shall be construed
accordingly;
ālocal
digital sound programme serviceā and ānational digital sound
programme serviceā shall be construed in accordance with section 60(1)
and ālocal digital sound programme licenceā and ānational
digital sound programme licenceā mean a licence to provide local digital
sound programme services and a licence to provide national digital sound programme
services respectively;
ālocal
radio multiplex serviceā and ānational radio multiplex serviceā
shall be construed in accordance with section 40(4), and ālocal
radio multiplex licenceā and ānational radio multiplex licenceā
mean a licence to provide a local radio multiplex service and a licence to
provide a national radio multiplex service respectively;
āradio
multiplex serviceā has the meaning given by section 40(1);
āsimulcast
radio serviceā has the meaning given by section 41(2);
ātechnical
serviceā has the meaning given by section 63(3).
(2) Any
reference in this Part to an area in the United Kingdom [or to an area in the
United Kingdom and the Bailiwick of Jersey] does not include an area which
comprises or includes the whole of England; and nothing in this Part shall be
read as precluding a local radio multiplex service from being provided for an
area or locality that is to any extent comprised in the area or locality for
which another local radio multiplex service is to be provided.
(3) Where
the person who is for the time being the holder of any licence (āthe
present licence holderā) is not the person to whom the licence was
originally granted, any reference in this Part (however expressed) to the
holder of the licence shall be construed, in relation to any time falling
before the date when the present licence holder became the holder of it, as
including a reference to a person who was previously the holder of the licence.
PART III
AMENDMENTS OF THE BROADCASTING ACT 1990
Restrictions on holding of licences
73 Restrictions on
holding of licences
Schedule 2
(which makes amendments of the 1990 Act relating to restrictions on the holding
of licences under that Act or under Part I or II) shall have effect.
Regional Channel 3 services
74 Provision
of news programmes by holders of regional Channel 3 licences
(1) With
respect to the broadcasting of news programmes on and after 1st January 1998, section 31
of the 1990 Act[20] (provision of news on Channels 3 and 5)
is amended as follows.
(2) In
subsection (2) ā
(a) at the beginning there
is inserted āFor the purpose of securing the nationwide broadcast, by
holders of regional Channel 3 licences (taken together), of news
programmes which are able to compete effectively with other news programmes
broadcast nationwide in the United Kingdom,ā,
(b) for āa nominated
news providerā there is substituted āthe appointed news
providerā, and
(c) in paragraph (b),
for āthe same nominatedā there is substituted āthe
appointedā.
(3) For
subsection (3) there is substituted ā
ā(3) In
subsection (2) āappointed news providerā means, subject to
subsection (4), the body corporate for the time being appointed for the
purposes of subsection (2), from among the bodies corporate nominated by
the Commission under section 32, in accordance with conditions included by
virtue of section 31A in regional Channel 3 licences.
(4) A
body corporate ceases by virtue of this subsection to be the appointed news
provider if its nomination is terminated by the Commission under any provision
of section 32.ā
75 Appointment
of news provider by holders of regional Channel 3 licences
(1) After
section 31 of the 1990 Act[21] there is inserted ā
31A Appointment of news provider by
holders of regional Channel 3 licences
A regional
Channel 3 licence shall include conditions requiring the holder of the
licence to do all that he can to ensure ā
(a) that
arrangements are made between all holders of regional Channel 3 licences
(āthe relevant licence holdersā) for the appointment by them, from
among the bodies corporate nominated by the Commission under section 32,
and on such terms as the relevant licence holders may agree, of a single body
corporate to be the appointed news provider for the purposes of
section 31(2), and
(b) that,
so long as he provides his licensed service, an appointment for the purposes of
section 31(2) is in force.ā
(2) The
Independent Television Commission may not include in pursuance of section 31A
of the 1990 Act any condition in a regional Channel 3 licence (within the
meaning of Part I of the 1990 Act) which would require an appointment for
the purposes of section 31(2) of that Act (as amended by this Act) to take
effect before 1st January 1998.
76 Nomination
by Commission for purposes of section 31(2) of Broadcasting Act 1990
(1) Section 32
of the 1990 Act (nomination of bodies to provide news for regional
Channel 3 services) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (5).
(2) For
subsections (1) to (6)[22] there is substituted ā
ā(1) With
a view to enabling them to nominate bodies corporate as eligible for appointment
for the purposes of section 31(2), the Commission shall invite bodies
appearing to them to be qualified for nomination to make applications to be so
nominated.
(2) Where
a body corporate ā
(a) applies to the
Commission (whether in pursuance of any such invitation or not) to be nominated
under this section as a nominated news provider, and
(b) appears to the
Commission to be qualified for nomination,
the Commission shall so nominate that body.
(3) Subject
to subsection (5), any nomination made by the Commission under this
section shall remain in force for a period of ten years, and at the end of that
period may be renewed by the Commission for a further period of ten years.
(4) Where
the Commission are notified by the holders of licences to provide regional
Channel 3 services that the appointment of the appointed news provider is
due to expire, or to be renewed or terminated in accordance with the terms of
the appointment, the Commission shall review the qualification for nomination
of all nominated news providers (including the appointed news provider).
(5) If
on any such review it appears to the Commission that a body is no longer
qualified for nomination they shall (subject to subsection (6)) by notice
terminate that bodyās nomination.
(6) The
Commission shall not terminate a bodyās nomination under subsection (5)
unless they have given the body a reasonable opportunity of making
representations to them about the proposed termination.ā
(3) In
subsection (9),[23] paragraph (b) is omitted.
(4) In
subsection (12),[24] for the words from āappearingā,
where second occurring, onwards there is substituted āwhich ā
(a) in their opinion is or,
if appointed, would be effectively equipped and adequately financed to provide
high quality news programmes for broadcasting in regional Channel 3 services;
and
(b) appears to them not to
be disqualified for being nominated under this section by virtue of this
subsection.ā
(5) In
subsection (13)[25] ā
(a) in paragraph (b),
after āsectionā, where second occurring, there is inserted
āas eligible for appointmentā, and
(b) after paragraph (b)
there is inserted ā
āand
(c) references
to the appointed news provider are references to the person for the time being
appointed for the purposes of section 31(2) under the arrangements
referred to in section 31A(a).ā
(6) Subsections
(2), (4) and (5) do not affect the application of section 32 of the 1990
Act[26] before 1st January 1998 in relation to nomination for the
purposes of section 31(2) of that Act as originally enacted.
77 Modification
of Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1976 in its application to agreements
relating to Channel 3 news provision
* * * * * * *
78 Variation
of regional Channel 3 licence following change of control
(1) After
section 21 of the 1990 Act[27] there is inserted ā
21A Variation of regional
Channel 3 licence following change of control
(1) Any
regional Channel 3 licence granted to a body corporate after the
commencement of this section shall include ā
(a) a condition requiring
the body to give the Commission advance notice of any proposals known to the
body that may give rise to a relevant change of control, and
(b) a condition requiring
the licence holder to provide the Commission, in such manner and at such times
as they may reasonably require, with such information as they may require for
the purposes of exercising their functions under this section.
(2) Subsections
(3) and (4) have effect where ā
(a) in pursuance of a condition
in a regional Channel 3 licence the Commission receive notice of any
proposals that may give rise to a relevant change of control, or
(b) a relevant change of
control takes place in relation to a body corporate which holds a regional
Channel 3 licence (whether or not that change has been previously notified
to the Commission).
(3) If
it appears to the Commission that the relevant change of control is or would be
prejudicial to one or more of the following matters, namely ā
(a) the quality or range of
regional programmes included in the service,
(b) the quality or range of
other programmes included in the service which contribute to the regional
character of the service, or
(c) the quality or range of
the programmes made available by the licence holder for the purposes of
inclusion in the nationwide system of services referred to in
section 14(1),
then, with a view to ensuring that the relevant
change of control is not prejudicial to any of those matters, the Commission
shall vary the licence, by a notice served on the licence holder, so as to
include in the licence such conditions relating to any of those matters as they
consider appropriate.
(4) If
it appears to the Commission that, having regard to the effect, or likely
effect, of the relevant change of control on ā
(a) the time given, in the
programmes included in the service ā
(i) to
regional programmes, or
(ii) to
programmes of the kind mentioned in subsection (3)(b),
(b) the proportion of
regional programmes included in the service which are made within the area for
which the service is provided,
(c) the extent
of the use in connection with the
service ā
(i) of
offices or studios situated within the area for which the service is provided,
or
(ii) of
the services of persons employed (whether by the licence holder or any other
person) within that area, or
(d) the extent to which
managerial or editorial decisions relating to programmes to be included in the
service are taken by persons so employed within that area,
the relevant change of control is or would be
prejudicial to the regional character of the service, the Commission may vary
the licence, by a notice served on the licence holder, so as to include in the
licence such conditions relating to any of the matters specified in paragraphs (a),
(b), (c) and (d) as they consider appropriate.
(5) Subject
to subsection (6), any new or varied condition imposed under
subsection (3) or (4) in relation to any matter specified in that
subsection may be more onerous than any existing conditions relating to that
matter; and in this subsection āexisting conditionā means a
condition of the licence as it has effect, or had effect, before the relevant
change of control.
(6) The
Commission may not under subsection (3) or (4) include any new or varied
condition in a licence unless the new condition or the condition as varied is
one which (with any necessary modifications) would have been satisfied by the
licence holder ā
(a) during the three months
immediately before the relevant date, or
(b) if the Commission
consider that the performance of the licence holder during that period is not
typical of its performance during the twelve months before the relevant date,
during such other period of three months during those twelve months as they may
notify in writing to the licence holder;
and for the purposes of this subsection
āthe relevant dateā is the date of the relevant change of control
or, if earlier, the date on which the Commission exercise their powers under
subsection (3) or (4).
(7) The
Commission shall not serve a notice on any body under subsection (3) or
(4) unless they have given it a reasonable opportunity of making
representations to them about the variation.
(8) Where,
in a case falling within subsection (2)(a), a notice under subsection (3)
or (4) varying a licence is served before the change to which it relates takes
place, the variation shall not take effect until the change takes place.
(9) In
this section ā
āregional programmeā, in relation
to any regional Channel 3 service, means any programme (including a news
programme) which is of particular interest ā
(a) to persons living
within the area for which the service is provided,
(b) to persons living within
any part of that area, or
(c) to particular communities
living within that area;
ārelevant change of controlā means
a change in the persons having control over ā
(a) the body holding the
licence, or
(b) any body which is
connected with that body and appears to the Commission to be, or to be likely
to be, involved to any extent in the provision of programmes for inclusion in the
licensed service.ā
(2) Any
regional Channel 3 licence (within the meaning of Part I of the 1990
Act) granted before the commencement of this section shall, as from that
commencement, be taken to include the conditions referred to in section 21A(1)(a)
and (b) of the 1990 Act.
79 Powers
of Commission in relation to modification or replacement of networking
arrangements
(1) Section 39
of the 1990 Act (networking arrangements between holders of regional Channel 3
licences) is amended as follows.
(2) After
subsection (9)[28] there is inserted ā
ā(9A) The
matters to which the Commission shall have regard in deciding whether to
approve any arrangements or modification under subsection (4) or (8)
include the likely effect of the arrangements in question, or (as the case may
be) those arrangements as proposed to be modified, on the ability of the
holders of regional Channel 3 licences to maintain the quality and
range ā
(a) of the regional
programmes (as defined by section 21A(9)) included in each regional Channel 3
service, and
(b) of
the other programmes included in each service which contribute to the regional
character of the service.ā
(3) For
subsection (10)[29] there is substituted ā
ā(10) Without
prejudice to the generality of their power to refuse to approve any
arrangements or modification under subsection (4) or (8), the Commission
shall refuse to do so if ā
(a) they are not satisfied
that the arrangements in question, or (as the case may be) those arrangements
as proposed to be modified, would be appropriate for the purpose mentioned in
subsection (1), or
(b) it appears to them that
the arrangements in question, or (as the case may be) those arrangements as
proposed to be modified, would be likely to prejudice the ability of the holder
of any regional Channel 3 licence to comply with ā
(i) any
condition imposed in pursuance of section 33(1), for the purpose of
securing the implementation of proposals relating to the matters specified in
section 16(2)(c), or
(ii) any
condition imposed in pursuance of subsection (3) of section 21A in
relation to the matters specified in paragraph (a) of that
subsection.ā
Channel 3 and S4C
80 Funding
of Sianel Pedwar Cymru
* * * * * * *
81 Public service
fund of Sianel Pedwar Cymru
* * * * * * *
82 Multiplex revenue
to be taken into account in connection with funding of Channel Four Television
Corporation
(1) Section 26 of the 1990 Act (revenue
deficits of Channel Four Television Corporation to be funded by Channel 3
licensees) is amended as follows.
(2) For
subsection (2)[30] there is substituted ā
ā(2) For
the purposes of this section the Corporation's prescribed minimum income for
any year shall be 14 per cent. of the total television revenues for
that year.
(2A) For
the purposes of this section ātotal television revenuesā means, in
relation to any year, the aggregate of ā
(a) the qualifying revenues
for that year of the following, namely ā
(i) all
holders of Channel 3 or Channel 5 licences;
(ii) the
Welsh Authority; and
(iii) the
Corporation itself; and
(b) the multiplex revenues
for that year in respect of all holders of multiplex licences (within the
meaning of Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996).ā
(3) After
subsection (9)[31] there is inserted ā
ā(9A) Sections
13(4) to (6) and 14 of, and Schedule 1 to, the Broadcasting Act 1996 shall have effect, with any necessary
modifications, for the purpose of enabling the Commission to estimate or
determine the multiplex revenue in respect of any person for any year for the
purposes of this section.ā
83 Application
of excess revenues of Channel Four Television Corporation
(1) Section 27
of the 1990 Act (application of excess revenues of Channel Four Television
Corporation) is amended as follows.
(2) In
subsection (1)[32] ā
(a) in paragraph (a),
for āone halfā there is substituted ā50 per cent.ā, and
(b) in paragraph (b),
for āthe other halfā there is substituted āthe remainder of
the excessā.
(3) In
subsection (3)[33] ā
(a) in paragraph (a),
for āhalfā there is substituted ā50 per cent.ā, and
(b) in paragraph (b),
for āthe other halfā there is substituted āthe remainder of
that amountā.
(4) After
subsection (6)[34] there is inserted ā
ā(7) The
Secretary of State may by order ā
(a) amend subsection (1)(a)
by substituting for the percentage for the time being specified there a
percentage specified in the order, which may be nil but must not be more than
50 per cent., and
(b) amend subsection (3)(a)
by substituting for the percentage for the time being specified there a
percentage specified in the order, which may be nil.
(8) An
order shall not be made under subsection (7) unless a draft of it has been
laid before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.ā
84 Extension
of powers of Channel Four Television Corporation and Sianel Pedwar Cymru
(1) In
section 24 of the 1990 Act (Channel 4 to be provided as licensed
service) after subsection (4)[35] there is inserted ā
ā(5) The
Corporation shall also have power ā
(a) (subject to and in
accordance with Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996) to arrange for the broadcasting of
Channel 4 in digital form in any part of the United Kingdom as a qualifying
service (within the meaning of that Part), and
(b) to establish qualifying
companies, to purchase or otherwise acquire shares, stocks or other securities
of qualifying companies and to assist any qualifying company.
(6) In
subsection (5)(b) āqualifying companyā means any company
(whether incorporated under the law of the United Kingdom or of any other
country) which is or will be wholly or mainly engaged in one or more of the
following activities ā
(a) the provision of one or
more services which are licensed by the Commission or by the Radio Authority or
which, if provided in the United
Kingdom, would be required to be so
licensed,
(b) activities incidental
to such provision, and
(c) the holding of shares
in any other company which is wholly or mainly engaged in such provision or in
activities incidental to such provision.ā
(2) In
paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 to the 1990 Act[36] (status and capacity of Channel Four
Television Corporation) after sub-paragraph (3) there is
inserted ā
ā(4) Section 24(5)(b)
of this Act shall not be taken to limit the Corporation's power by virtue of
sub-paragraph (3) to do such things and enter into such transactions as
are incidental or conducive to the discharge of their functions under
section 24(1) or (5)(a).ā
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) *
*
*
*
*
Miscellaneous
amendments relating to television broadcasting
85 Restricted
television services
After section 42 of the 1990 Act[37] there shall be
inserted ā
āCHAPTER
IIA
RESTRICTED
SERVICES
42A Restricted services
In this Part ārestricted serviceā means a service
which ā
(a) consists in the
broadcasting of television programmes for a particular establishment or other
defined location, or a particular event, in the United Kingdom, and
(b) is provided on a
frequency or frequencies assigned to the Commission under section 65.
42B Licensing etc. of restricted
services
(1) An application for a
licence to provide a restricted service shall be made in such manner as the
Commission may determine, and shall be accompanied by such fee (if any) as the
Commission may determine.
(2) Subject to subsections
(3) and (4), sections 40 to 42 shall apply in relation to such a licence as
they apply in relation to a licence to provide a Channel 3 service.
(3) In its application to a
licence to provide a restricted service, section 41 shall have effect with
the omission of subsection (2); and the maximum amount which the holder of
such a licence may be required to pay by way of a financial penalty imposed in
pursuance of subsection (1)(a) of that section shall not exceed whichever
is the greater of ā
(a) £50,000,
and
(b) the
amount determined under subsection (4).
(4) The amount referred to
in subsection (3)(b) is ā
(a) in
a case where a penalty under section 41(1)(a) has not previously been
imposed on the holder of the licence during any period for which his licence
has been in force (āthe relevant periodā), 3 per cent. of
the qualifying revenue for his last complete accounting period (as determined
in accordance with section 19(2) to (6)); and
(b) in
any other case, 5 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for that
accounting period (as so determined);
and in relation to a person whose first complete accounting period
falling within the relevant period has not yet ended, paragraphs (a) and
(b) above shall be construed as referring to 3, or (as the case may be) 5,
per cent. of the amount which the Commission estimate to be the qualifying
revenue for that accounting period (as so determined).ā
86 Award of certain
licences subject to conditions
(1) After
section 17 of the 1990 Act[38] there is
inserted ā
ā17A Award of Channel 3 licence subject to
conditions
(1) The
Commission may, when awarding a Channel 3 licence to any person, make the
grant of the licence to him conditional on his compliance before the grant with
such specified requirements relating to the financing of the service as appear
to them to be appropriate, having regard to ā
(a) any duties which are or
may be imposed on them, or on the licence holder, by or under this Act, and
(b) any information
provided to them under section 15(3)(g) by the person to whom the licence
is awarded as to his projected financial position during the period for which
the licence would be in force.
(2) Where
the Commission determine that any condition imposed by them in relation to a
Channel 3 licence in pursuance of subsection (1) has not been
satisfied, section 17 shall (subject to subsection (3)) have effect
as if the person to whom the licence was awarded had not made an application
for it.
(3) Section 17
shall not so have effect if the Commission decide that it would be desirable to
publish a fresh notice under section 15(1) in respect of the grant of the
licence.ā
(2) In
section 51 of the 1990 Act (procedure to be followed by Commission in
connection with consideration of applications for, and awarding of, licences to
provide additional services), in subsection (3) ā
(a) for āsection 17ā
there is substituted āsections 17 and 17Aā, and
(b) for āit
appliesā there is substituted āthey applyā.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
87 Ancillary
services
Section 48
of the 1990 Act[39] (additional services) is amended in paragraph (c)
of subsection (3) by the addition after the words ātheir contentsā
of the words āor relate to the promotion or listing of such
programmesā.
88 Enforcement
of licences to provide non-domestic satellite services
(1) Section 45
of the 1990 Act (licensing etc. of non-domestic satellite services) is amended
as follows.
(2) In
subsection (5),[40] for āandā there is substituted
ātoā.
(3) In
subsection (6),[41] for āshall instead be
Ā£50,000ā there is substituted ā
āshall not exceed whichever is the
greater of ā
(a) £50,000, and
(b) the amount determined
under subsection (6A).
(6A) The
amount referred to in subsection (6)(b) is ā
(a) in a case where a
penalty under section 41(1)(a) has not previously been imposed on the
holder of the licence during any period for which his licence has been in force
(āthe relevant periodā), 3 per cent. of the qualifying
revenue for his last complete accounting period (as determined in accordance with
section 19(2) to (6)); and
(b) in any other case,
5 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for that accounting period (as
so determined);
and in relation to a person whose first
complete accounting period falling within the relevant period has not yet
ended, paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be construed as referring to 3,
or (as the case may be) 5, per cent. of the amount which the Commission
estimate to be the qualifying revenue for that accounting period (as so
determined).ā
(4) [Subsection
(8)[42] is] omitted.
89 Power
of Independent Television Commission to suspend licence to provide non-domestic
satellite service
After
section 45 of the 1990 Act[43] there is inserted ā
ā45A Special
power of revocation and suspension on certain grounds in case of licence to
provide non-domestic satellite service
(1) If
the Commission are satisfied ā
(a) that the
holder of a licence to provide a non-domestic satellite service has included in
the service one or more programmes containing material likely to encourage or
incite to crime or to lead to disorder,
(b) that he has thereby
failed to comply with a condition included in the licence in pursuance of
section 6(1)(a), and
(c) that the failure is
such as to justify the revocation of the licence,
they shall serve on the holder of the licence a
notice under subsection (2).
(2) A
notice under this subsection is a notice ā
(a) stating that the
Commission are satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1),
(b) specifying the respects
in which, in their opinion, the licence holder has failed to comply with the
condition mentioned in paragraph (b) of that subsection,
(c) stating that the
Commission may revoke his licence after the end of the period of twenty-one
days beginning with the date on which the notice is served on the licence
holder,
(d) informing the licence
holder of his right to make representations to the Commission within that
period about the matters complained of, and
(e) suspending the licence
as from the time when the notice is served on the licence holder until the
revocation takes effect or the Commission decide not to revoke the licence.
(3) If
the Commission, having considered any representations about the matters
complained of made to them within the period referred to in subsection (2)(c)
by the licence holder, are satisfied that it is necessary in the public
interest to revoke the licence in question, they shall serve on the licence
holder a notice revoking the licence.
(4) A
notice under subsection (3) shall not take effect until the end of the
period of twenty-eight days beginning with the day on which that notice was
served on the licence holder.
(5) Section 42
(as applied by section 45(5)) shall not have effect in relation to the
revocation of a licence in pursuance of a notice under subsection (1).ā
90 Enforcement
of licences to provide licensable programme services
* * * * * * *
91 Certain
delivery services to carry certain broadcasts
* * * * * * *
92 Renewal
of licences to provide national radio services
After
section 103 of the 1990 Act[44] there is inserted ā
103A Renewal
of national licences
(1) A
national licence may (subject to the following provisions of this section) be
renewed on one occasion for a period of eight years beginning with the date of
renewal.
(2) An
application for the renewal of a national licence under subsection (1) may
be made by the licence holder not earlier than three years before the date on
which it would otherwise cease to be in force and not later than the relevant
date.
(3) Where
any such application is made before the relevant date ā
(a) if no simulcast radio
service provided by the applicant is being broadcast in digital form when the
application is made, the Authority shall postpone the consideration of the application
until the relevant date or, if earlier, the date on which the broadcasting of
such a service in that form begins, and
(b) in any other case, the
Authority may postpone the consideration of the application for so long as they
think appropriate having regard to subsection (8).
(4) Where
an application for the renewal of a national licence has been duly made to the
Authority, they shall (subject to subsection (5)) grant the application
if, but only if ā
(a) the Authority are
satisfied that the applicant would, if his licence were renewed, provide a
national service which complied with the conditions included in the licence in
pursuance of section 106 (whether as originally imposed or as varied under
that section),
(b) the applicant has given
notice to the Authority under section 41(2)(a) of the Broadcasting Act 1996 of his intention to provide a service for
broadcasting in digital form, and
(c) a simulcast radio
service provided by the applicant is being broadcast in digital form or the
Authority are satisfied that by the relevant date the applicant has done all
that it would in the circumstances be reasonable to expect him to do by that
date to procure the broadcasting of such a service within such time as the
Authority consider reasonable.
(5) Section 100(4)
to (6) shall apply in relation to an applicant for the renewal of a national
licence as those provisions apply in relation to such an applicant as is
mentioned in section 100(4), but as if any reference to the awarding of
such a licence to the applicant were a reference to the renewal of the
applicantās licence under this section.
(6) On
the grant of any application under this section the Authority ā
(a) may, in a case where a
simulcast radio service provided by the applicant is not yet being broadcast in
digital form on the relevant date, determine a date by which the broadcasting
of such a service in that form must begin;
(b) shall determine an
amount which is to be payable to the Authority by the applicant in respect of
the first complete calendar year falling within the period for which the
licence is to be renewed; and
(c) may specify a different
percentage from that specified under section 98(1)(d)(ii) as the
percentage of qualifying revenue for each accounting period of his that will be
payable by the applicant in pursuance of section 102(1)(c) during the
period for which the licence is to be renewed.
(7) The
amount determined by the Authority under subsection (6)(b) in connection
with the renewal of a licence shall be such amount as would, in their opinion,
be payable to them by virtue of section 102(1)(a) if they were granting a
fresh licence to provide the national service in question.
(8) Where
the Authority have granted a personās application under this section they
shall formally renew his licence not later than the relevant date or, if that
is not reasonably practicable (whether because subsection (3)(a) precluded
the consideration of the application before that date or for any other reason),
as soon after that date as is reasonably practicable; and they shall not so
renew his licence unless they have notified him of ā
(a) any date determined by
them under subsection (6)(a),
(b) the amount determined
by them under subsection (6)(b), and
(c) any percentage
specified by them under subsection (6)(c),
and he has, within such period as is specified
in that notification, notified them that he consents to the licence being
renewed on those terms.
(9) Where
a national licence has been renewed under this section ā
(a) any conditions included
in it in pursuance of section 102 shall have effect during the period for
which the licence has been renewed ā
(i) as
if the amount determined by the Authority under subsection (6)(b) were an
amount specified in a cash bid submitted by the licence holder, and
(ii) subject
to any determination made under subsection (6)(c);
(b) (subject to paragraph (a))
that section shall have effect in relation to the period for which the licence
has been renewed as it has effect in relation to the period for which a
national licence is originally in force;
(c) where the Authority
have determined a date under subsection (6)(a), they shall include in the
licence as renewed a condition requiring a simulcast radio service to be
broadcast in digital form throughout the period beginning with the date
determined under subsection (6)(a) and ending with the date on which the
licence (as renewed) is to expire; and
(d) the reference in
section 111(4) to the end of the period for which a national licence is to
continue in force shall, in relation to the licence, be construed as a
reference to the end of the period for which it has been renewed.
(10) Subsections
(6)(a) and (9)(c) do not prejudice the generality of section 48(3)(b) of
the Broadcasting
Act 1996 (power to vary
national licence to include conditions relating to digital broadcasting).
(11) In
this section ā
āsimulcast radio serviceā has the
same meaning as in Part II of the Broadcasting Act 1996;
āthe relevant dateā, in relation to
a national licence, means the date which the Authority determine to be that by
which they would need to publish a notice under section 98(1) if they were
to grant, as from the date on which that licence would expire if not renewed, a
fresh licence to provide the national service formerly provided under that
licence.ā
93 Variation
of local radio licence following change of control
After
section 106 of the 1990 Act[45] there is inserted ā
106A Variation
of local licence following change of control
(1) Any
local licence granted to a body corporate before the commencement of this section
shall be taken to include ā
(a) a condition requiring
the body to give the Authority advance notice of any proposals known to the
body that may give rise to a relevant change of control, and
(b) a condition requiring
the body to provide the Authority, in such manner and at such times as they may
reasonably require, with such information as they may require for the purposes
of exercising their functions under subsection (3).
(2) Subsection
(3) applies in relation to any local licence which ā
(a) was granted before the
commencement of this section,
(b) is held by a body
corporate, and
(c) has not previously been
varied under that subsection.
(3) Where,
in relation to any local licence to which this subsection applies ā
(a) the Authority receive
notice, in pursuance of a condition imposed under subsection (1) or
section 88(2)(d), of any proposals that may give rise to a relevant change
of control, or
(b) a relevant change of
control takes place (whether or not that change has been previously notified to
the Authority),
the Authority may vary the licence, by a notice
served on the licence holder, so as to include in the licence such conditions
as they consider appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that the character of
the local service is maintained after the relevant change of control.
(4) Subject
to subsection (5), any new or varied condition imposed under
subsection (3) in relation to any matter may be more onerous than any
existing condition imposed under section 106(1) in relation to that
matter; and in this subsection āexisting conditionā means a
condition of the licence as it has effect, or had effect, before the relevant
change of control.
(5) The
Authority may not under subsection (3) include any new or varied condition
in a licence unless the new condition or the condition as varied is one which
(with any necessary modifications) would have been satisfied by the licence
holder ā
(a) during the three months
immediately before the relevant date, or
(b) if the Authority consider
that the performance of the licence holder during that period is not typical of
its performance during the twelve months before the relevant date, during such
other period of three months during those twelve months as they may notify in
writing to the licence holder;
and for the purposes of this subsection
āthe relevant dateā is the date of the relevant change of control
or, if earlier, the date on which the Authority exercise their powers under
subsection (3).
(6) The
Authority shall not serve a notice on any body under subsection (3) unless
they have given it a reasonable opportunity of making representations to them
about the variation.
(7) Where,
in any case falling within paragraph (a) of subsection (3), a notice
under that subsection is served before the change to which it relates takes
place, the variation shall not take effect until the change to which it relates
takes place.
(8) The
power in subsection (1) of section 106 to vary conditions imposed
under that subsection includes power to vary conditions imposed under
subsection (3).
(9) In
this section ārelevant change of controlā means a change in the
persons having control over the body holding the licence.ā
94 Renewal
of licences to provide local radio services
* * * * * * *
95 Financing
of Gaelic sound programmes
* * * * * * *
96 Power of Radio
Authority to suspend licence to provide satellite service
After section 111A
of the 1990 Act[46] there is inserted ā
ā111B Power to suspend
licence to provide satellite service
(1) If the Authority are satisfied ā
(a) that
the holder of a licence to provide a satellite service has included in the
service one or more programmes containing material likely to encourage or
incite to crime or to lead to disorder,
(b) that
he has thereby failed to comply with the condition included in the licence in
pursuance of section 90(1)(a), and
(c) that
the failure is such as to justify the revocation of the licence,
they shall serve on the holder of the licence a notice under
subsection (2).
(2) A notice under this
subsection is a notice ā
(a) stating
that the Authority are satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1),
(b) specifying
the respects in which, in their opinion, the licence holder has failed to
comply with the condition mentioned in paragraph (b) of that subsection,
(c) stating
that the Authority may revoke his licence after the end of the period of
twenty-one days beginning with the date on which the notice is served on the
licence holder,
(d) informing
the licence holder of his right to make representations to the Authority within
that period about the matters complained of, and
(e) suspending
the licence as from the time when the notice is served on the licence holder
until the revocation takes effect or the Authority decide not to revoke the
licence.
(3) If the Authority,
having considered any representations about the matters complained of made to
them within the period referred to in subsection (2)(c) by the licence
holder, are satisfied that it is necessary in the public interest to revoke the
licence in question, they shall serve on the licence holder a notice revoking
the licence.
(4) A notice under
subsection (3) shall not take effect until the end of the period of
twenty-eight days beginning with the day on which that notice was served on the
licence holder.
(5) Section 111 shall
not have effect in relation to the revocation of a licence in pursuance of a
notice under subsection (1).ā
PART IV
SPORTING
AND OTHER EVENTS OF NATIONAL INTEREST
97 Listed events
(1) For
the purposes of this Part, a listed event is a sporting or other event of
national interest which is for the time being included in a list drawn up by
the Secretary of State for the purposes of this Part.
(2) The
Secretary of State shall not at any time draw up, revise or cease to maintain
such a list as is mentioned in subsection (1) unless he has first
consulted ā
(a) the
BBC,
(b) the
Welsh Authority,
[(bb) the Economic Development Committee of the States of Jersey,]
(c) the
Commission, and
(d) in
relation to a relevant event, the person from whom the rights to televise that
event may be acquired;
and for the purposes of
this subsection a relevant event is a sporting or other event of national
interest which the Secretary of State proposes to include in, or omit from, the
list.
(3) As
soon as he has drawn up or revised such a list as is mentioned in
subsection (1), the Secretary of State shall publish the list in such
manner as he considers appropriate for bringing it to the attention
of ā
(a) the
persons mentioned in subsection (2), and
(b) every
person who is the holder of a licence granted by the Commission under
Part I of the 1990 Act or a digital programme licence granted by them
under Part I of this Act.
(4) In
this section ānational interestā includes interest within England,
Scotland,
[Wales,
Northern Ireland
or the Bailiwick of Jersey].
(5) The
addition of any relevant event to such a list as is mentioned in
subsection (1) shall not affect ā
(a) the
validity of any contract entered into before the date on which the Secretary of
State consulted the persons mentioned in subsection (2) in relation to the
proposed addition, or
(b) the
exercise of any rights acquired under such a contract.
(6) The
list drawn up by the Secretary of State for the purposes of section 182 of
the 1990 Act, as that list is in force immediately before the commencement of
this section, shall be taken to have been drawn up for the purposes of this
Part.
98 Categories of
service
(1) For
the purposes of this Part television programme services shall be divided into
two categories as follows ā
(a) such
of the services specified in subsection (2) as are provided without any
charge being made for the reception of programmes included in the service, and
(b) all
television programme services not for the time being falling within paragraph (a).
(2) The
services referred to in subsection (1)(a) are ā
(a) regional
and national Channel 3 services,
(b) Channel
4, and
(c) the
television broadcasting services provided by the BBC.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) *
*
*
*
*
99 Contract for
exclusive right to televise listed event to be void
(1) Any
contract entered into after the commencement of this section under which a
television programme provider acquires rights to televise the whole or any part
of a listed event live for reception in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick
of Jersey], or in any area of the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey],
shall be void so far as it purports, in relation to the whole or any part of
the event or in relation to reception in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick
of Jersey] or any area of the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey], to
grant those rights exclusively to any one television programme provider.
(2) In
this Part ātelevision programme providerā means the BBC
* * * or any person who is the holder of any
licence under Part I of the 1990 Act or a digital programme licence under
Part I of this Act.
(3) For
the purposes of this section rights to televise the whole or any part of an
event live for reception in any area granted to a television programme provider
are granted exclusively if the person granting them ā
(a) has
not granted any such right to any other television programme provider, and
(b) is
precluded by the terms of the contract from doing so.
100 Contract
for televising listed event must specify category of service
(1) Any contract entered into after the commencement of this section
shall be void so far as it purports to grant to a television programme provider
rights to televise the whole or any part of a listed event live for reception
in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey], or any area of the United Kingdom
[and the Bailiwick of Jersey], unless the contract complies with
subsection (2).
(2) A
contract complies with this subsection if the terms of the contract allow the
television programme provider to include the live coverage of the listed
event ā
(a) only
in a television programme service falling within paragraph (a) of
subsection (1) of section 98, or
(b) only
in a television programme service falling within paragraph (b) of that
subsection.
101 Restriction on televising of
listed event
(1) A
person providing a service falling within either of the categories set out in
subsection (1) of section 98 (āthe first serviceā) for
reception in the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] or in any area of
the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] shall not, without the
previous consent of the Commission, include in that service live coverage of
the whole or any part of a listed event unless ā
(a) another
person, who is providing a service falling within the other category set out in
that subsection (āthe second serviceā), has acquired the right to
include in the second service live coverage of the whole of the event or of
that part of the event, and
(b) the
area for which the second service is provided consists of or includes the
whole, or substantially the whole, of the area for which the first service is
provided.
(2) The
Commission may revoke any consent given by them under subsection (1).
(3) Failure
to comply with subsection (1) shall not affect the validity of any
contract.
(4) Subsection (1)
shall not have effect where the television programme provider providing the
first service is exercising rights acquired before the commencement of this
section.
102 Power of Commission to impose
penalty
(1) If
the Commission ā
(a) are
satisfied that the holder of a licence under Part I of the 1990 Act[47] or a digital programme licence under Part I of this Act has
failed to comply with subsection (1) of section 101, and
(b) are
not satisfied that in all the circumstances it would be unreasonable to expect
him to have complied with that subsection,
they may require him to
pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Commission.
(2) If
the Commission are satisfied that, in connection with an application for
consent under subsection (1) of section 101, the holder of a licence
under Part I of the 1990 Act[48] or a digital programme licence under Part I of this Act
has ā
(a) provided
them with information which was false in a material particular, or
(b) withheld
any material information with the intention of causing the Commission to be
misled,
they may require him to
pay, within a specified period, a specified financial penalty to the
Commission.
(3) The
amount of any financial penalty imposed on any person under subsection (1)
or (2) shall not exceed the amount produced by multiplying the relevant
consideration by the prescribed multiplier.
(4) In
subsection (3) ā
(a) āthe
relevant considerationā means an amount determined by the Commission as
representing so much of any consideration paid by the person on whom the
penalty is being imposed as is attributable to the acquisition of the rights to
televise the event in question, and
(b) āthe
prescribed multiplierā means such number as the Secretary of State may
from time to time by order prescribe.
(5) *
*
*
*
*
(6) Where
the Commission receive any amount payable to them by virtue of
subsection (1) or (2), that amount shall not form part of the revenues of
the Commission but shall be paid into the Consolidated Fund.
(7) Any
amount payable by any person to the Commission by virtue of subsection (1) or
(2) shall be recoverable by them as a debt due to them from that person.
103 Report to Secretary of State
(1) If
the Commission ā
(a) are
satisfied that a broadcasting body has failed to comply with
subsection (1) of section 101, and
(b) are
not satisfied that in all the circumstances it would be unreasonable to expect
the body to have complied with that subsection,
they shall make a report
on the matter to the Secretary of State.
(2) If
the Commission are satisfied that, in connection with an application for
consent under subsection (1) of section 101, a broadcasting body
has ā
(a) provided
them with information which was false in a material particular, or
(b) withheld
any material information with the intention of causing the Commission to be
misled,
they shall make a report
on the matter to the Secretary of State.
(3) In
this section ābroadcasting bodyā means the BBC
* * *.
104 Code of guidance
(1) The Commission shall draw up, and may from time
to time review, a code ā
(a) specifying the
circumstances in which the televising of listed events generally, or of a
particular listed event, is, or is not, to be treated as live for the purposes
of this Part, and
(b) giving guidance as to
the matters which they will take into account in determining ā
(i) whether
to give or revoke their consent under section 101(1), or
(ii) for
the purposes of section 102(1) or 103(1), whether in all the circumstances it
is unreasonable to expect a television programme provider to comply with
section 101(1).
(2) In
exercising their powers under this Part, the Commission shall have regard to
the provisions of the code.
(3) Before
drawing up or revising the code the Commission shall consult such persons as
appear to the Commission to be appropriate.
(4) As
soon as the Commission have drawn up or revised such a code, the Commission
shall publish the code in such manner as they consider appropriate for bringing
it to the attention of ā
(a) the BBC,
(b) *
*
*
*
*
(c) every
person from whom the rights to televise a listed event may be acquired, and
(d) every
person who is the holder of a licence granted by the Commission under Part I of the 1990 Act[49] or a
digital programme licence granted by them under Part I of this Act.
105 Interpretation
of Part IV and supplementary provisions
(1) In
this Part (unless the context otherwise requires) ā
āChannel 4ā
has the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990 Act;[50]
āthe
Commissionā means the Independent Television Commission;
ālisted
eventā has the meaning given by section 97(1);
āliveā
shall be construed in accordance with the code drawn up under section 104;
ānational
Channel 3 serviceā and āregional Channel 3 serviceā have
the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990 Act;[51]
ātelevision
broadcasting serviceā has the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990
Act;[52]
ātelevision
programme providerā has the meaning given by section 99(2);
ātelevision
programme serviceā has the same meaning as in Part I of the 1990
Act.[53]
(2) Section 182
of the 1990 Act[54] (certain events not to be shown on
pay-per-view terms) shall cease to have effect.
PART V
THE
BROADCASTING STANDARDS COMMISSION
Establishment
of Broadcasting Standards Commission
106 The Broadcasting Standards
Commission
(1) There shall be a commission, to be known as the
Broadcasting Standards Commission (in this Part referred to as āthe
BSCā).
(2) The
BSC shall consist of ā
(a) a chairman appointed by
the Secretary of State,
(b) a deputy chairman or
two deputy chairmen so appointed, and
(c) such number of other
members appointed by the Secretary of State as he may from time to time
determine,
but
so that the total number of members does not exceed fifteen.
(3) Schedule 3
shall have effect with respect to the BSC.
Unjust
or unfair treatment or unwarranted infringement of privacy
107 Preparation
by BSC of code relating to avoidance of unjust or unfair treatment or
interference with privacy
(1) It
shall be the duty of the BSC to draw up, and from time to time review, a code
giving guidance as to principles to be observed, and practices to be followed,
in connection with the avoidance of ā
(a) unjust or unfair
treatment in programmes to which this section applies, or
(b) unwarranted
infringement of privacy in, or in connection with the obtaining of material included
in, such programmes.
(2) It
shall be the duty of each broadcasting or regulatory body, when drawing up or
revising any code relating to principles and practice in connection with
programmes, or in connection with the obtaining of material to be included in
programmes, to reflect the general effect of so much of the code referred to in
subsection (1) (as for the time being in force) as is relevant to the
programmes in question.
(3) The
BSC shall from time to time publish the code (as for the time being in force).
(4) Before
drawing up or revising the code, the BSC shall consult ā
(a) each broadcasting
or regulatory body, and
[(aa) the
Economic Development Committee of the States of Jersey,
and]
(b) such other persons as
appear to the BSC to be appropriate.
(5) This
section applies to ā
(a) any programme broadcast
by the BBC,
(b) *
*
*
*
*
(c) any programme included
in a licensed service.
Portrayal of violence or sexual conduct etc.
108 Preparation by BSC of code
relating to broadcasting standards generally
(1) It
shall be the duty of the BSC to draw up, and from time to time review, a code
giving guidance as to ā
(a) practices
to be followed in connection with the portrayal of violence in programmes to
which this section applies,
(b) practices
to be followed in connection with the portrayal of sexual conduct in such
programmes, and
(c) standards
of taste and decency for such programmes generally.
(2) It
shall be the duty of each broadcasting or regulatory body, when drawing up or
revising any code relating to standards and practice for programmes, to reflect
the general effect of so much of the code referred to in subsection (1)
(as for the time being in force) as is relevant to the programmes in question.
(3) The
BSC shall from time to time publish the code referred to in subsection (1)
(as for the time being in force).
(4) Before
drawing up or revising the code the BSC shall consult ā
(a) each
broadcasting or regulatory body, and
[(aa) the Economic Development Committee of the States of Jersey, and]
(b) such
other persons as appear to the BSC to be appropriate.
(5) This
section applies to ā
(a) any
programme broadcast by the BBC,
(b) *
*
*
*
*
(c) any
programme included in a licensed service,
* * *
(d) *
*
*
*
*
(6) The
code drawn up by the Broadcasting Standards Council under section 152 of
the 1990 Act,[55] as that code is in force immediately before the commencement of
this section, shall be taken to have been drawn up by the BSC under this section.
109 Monitoring by BSC of
broadcasting standards
(1) It
shall be the duty of the BSC to monitor programmes to which section 108
applies with a view to enabling the BSC to make reports on the portrayal of
violence and sexual conduct in, and the standards of taste and decency attained
by, such programmes generally.
(2) Subject
to section 125(2), the BSC may make reports on the matters specified in
subsection (1) on such occasions as they think fit; and any such report
may include an assessment of either or both of the following,
namely ā
(a) the
attitudes of the public at large towards the portrayal of violence or sexual
conduct in, or towards the standards of taste and decency attained by,
programmes to which section 108 applies, and
(b) any
effects or potential effects on the attitudes or behaviour of particular
categories of persons of the portrayal of violence or sexual conduct in such
programmes or of any failure on the part of such programmes to attain standards
of taste and decency.
(3) The
BSC may publish any report made by them in pursuance of subsection (1).
(4) The
BSC shall have the further duty of monitoring, so far as is reasonably
practicable, all television and sound programmes which are transmitted or sent
from outside the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey] but are capable
of being received there, with a view to ascertaining ā
(a) how
violence and sexual conduct are portrayed in those programmes, and
(b) the
extent to which those programmes meet standards of taste and decency.
Complaints
110 General functions of BSC in
relation to complaints
(1) Subject
to the provisions of this Part, it shall be the duty of the BSC to consider and
adjudicate on complaints which are made to them in accordance with sections 111
and 114 and relate ā
(a) to
unjust or unfair treatment in programmes to which section 107 applies, or
(b) to
unwarranted infringement of privacy in, or in connection with the obtaining of
material included in, such programmes.
(2) Subject
to those provisions, it shall also be the duty of the BSC to consider, and make
findings on, complaints which are made to them in accordance with sections 113
and 114 and relate ā
(a) to
the portrayal of violence or sexual conduct in programmes to which
section 108 applies, or
(b) to
alleged failures on the part of such programmes to attain standards of taste
and decency.
(3) In
exercising their functions under subsection (1), the BSC shall take into
account any relevant provisions of the code maintained by them under
section 107; and in exercising their functions under subsection (2)
they shall take into account any relevant provisions of the code maintained by
them under section 108.
(4) In
this Part ā
āa fairness
complaintā means a complaint to the BSC in respect of any of the matters
referred to in subsection (1)(a) and (b), and
āa standards
complaintā means a complaint to the BSC in respect of any of the matters
referred to in subsection (2)(a) and (b).
111 Complaints of unfair
treatment etc.
(1) A fairness complaint may be made by an
individual or by a body of persons, whether incorporated or not, but, subject
to subsection (2), shall not be entertained by the BSC unless made by the
person affected or by a person authorised by him to make the complaint for him.
(2) Where
the person affected is an individual who has died, a fairness complaint may be
made by his personal representative or by a member of the family of the person
affected, or by some other person or body closely connected with him (whether
as his employer, or as a body of which he was at his death a member, or in any
other way).
(3) Where
the person affected is an individual who is for any reason both unable to make
a complaint himself and unable to authorise another person to do so for him, a
fairness complaint may be made by a member of the family of the person
affected, or by some other person or body closely connected with him (whether
as his employer, or as a body of which he is a member, or in any other way).
(4) The
BSC shall not entertain, or proceed with the consideration of, a fairness
complaint if it appears to them that the complaint relates to the broadcasting
of the relevant programme, or to its inclusion in a licensed service, on an
occasion more than five years after the death of the person affected, unless it
appears to them that in the particular circumstances it is appropriate to do
so.
(5) The
BSC may refuse to entertain a fairness complaint if it appears to them not to
have been made within a reasonable time after the last occasion on which the
relevant programme was broadcast or, as the case may be, included in a licensed
service.
(6) Where,
in the case of a fairness complaint, the relevant programme was broadcast or
included in a licensed service after the death of the person affected,
subsection (5) shall apply as if at the end there were added āwithin
five years (or such longer period as may be allowed by the BSC in the particular
case under subsection (4)) after the death of the person affectedā.
(7) The
BSC may refuse to entertain ā
(a) a fairness
complaint which is a complaint of unjust or unfair treatment if the person
named as the person affected was not himself the subject of the treatment
complained of and it appears to the BSC that he did not have a sufficiently
direct interest in the subject-matter of that treatment to justify the making
of a complaint with him as the person affected, or
(b) a complaint made under
subsection (2) or (3) by a person other than the person affected or a
person authorised by him, if it appears to the BSC that the complainant's
connection with the person affected is not sufficiently close to justify the
making of the complaint by him.
112 Committee
to consider fairness complaints
The
BSC shall appoint a committee, consisting of members of the BSC, to discharge
the functions of the BSC in relation to the consideration of fairness
complaints.
113 Complaints
relating to taste and decency, etc.
(1) The BSC shall not entertain a standards complaint which is
made ā
(a) where
the relevant programme is a television programme, more than two months after
the relevant date, or
(b) where
the relevant programme is a sound programme, more than three weeks after that
date,
unless it appears to them
that in the particular circumstances it is appropriate for them to do so.
(2) In
subsection (1) āthe relevant dateā means ā
(a) the
date on which the relevant programme was broadcast by a broadcasting body or
included in a licensed service, or
(b) where
it has been so broadcast or included on more than one occasion, the date on
which it was last so broadcast or included.
(3) Where,
apart from this subsection, there would fall to be considered by the BSC two or
more standards complaints which appear to them to raise the same, or
substantially the same, issue or issues in relation to a particular programme,
the BSC may determine that those complaints shall be treated for the purposes
of this Part as constituting a single complaint.
114 Supplementary provisions as
to making of complaints of either kind
(1) A
fairness complaint or a standards complaint must be in writing, or in such
other form as the BSC may allow, and must give particulars of the matters
complained of.
(2) The
BSC shall not entertain, or proceed with the consideration of, a fairness complaint
or a standards complaint if it appears to them ā
(a) that
the matter complained of is the subject of proceedings in a court of law in the
United Kingdom [or the Bailiwick of Jersey], or
(b) that
the matter complained of is a matter in respect of which the complainant or, in
the case of a fairness complaint, the person affected has a remedy by way of
proceedings in a court of law in the United Kingdom [or the Bailiwick of
Jersey], and that in the particular circumstances it is not appropriate for the
BSC to consider a complaint about it, or
(c) that
the complaint is frivolous, or
(d) that
for any other reason it is inappropriate for them to entertain, or proceed with
the consideration of, the complaint.
115 Consideration of fairness
complaints
(1) Subject
to the provisions of sections 111 and 114, every fairness complaint made to the
BSC shall be considered by them either at a hearing or, if they think fit,
without a hearing.
(2) Hearings
under this section shall be held in private; and where such a hearing is held
in respect of a fairness complaint, each of the following persons shall be
given an opportunity to attend and be heard, namely ā
(a) the
complainant,
(b) the
relevant person,
(c) where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, the appropriate
regulatory body,
(d) any
person not falling within any of paragraphs (a) to (c) who appears to the
BSC to have been responsible for the making or provision of that programme, and
(e) any
other person who the BSC consider might be able to assist at the hearing.
(3) Before
the BSC proceed to consider a fairness complaint they shall send a copy of
it ā
(a) to
the relevant person, and
(b) where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, to the appropriate
regulatory body.
(4) Where
the relevant person receives from the BSC a copy of the complaint, it shall be
the duty of that person, if so required by the BSC ā
(a) to
provide the BSC with a visual or sound recording of the relevant programme or
of any specified part of it, if and so far as the relevant person has such a
recording in his possession;
(b) to
make suitable arrangements for enabling the complainant to view or hear the
relevant programme, or any specified part of it, if and so far as the relevant
person has in his possession a visual or sound recording of it;
(c) to
provide the BSC and the complainant with a transcript of so much of the
relevant programme, or of any specified part of it, as consisted of speech, if
and so far as the relevant person is able to do so;
(d) to
provide the BSC and the complainant with copies of any documents in the
possession of the relevant person, being the originals or copies of any
correspondence between that person and the person affected or the complainant
in connection with the complaint;
(e) to
furnish to the BSC and the complainant a written statement in answer to the
complaint.
(5) Where
the relevant person receives from the BSC a copy of a fairness complaint, it
shall also be the duty of that person, if so required by the BSC ā
(a) where
the relevant person is a broadcasting body, to arrange for one or more of the
governors, members or employees of the body to attend the BSC and assist them
in their consideration of the complaint, or
(b) where
the relevant person is a body other than a broadcasting body, to arrange for
one or more of the following, namely ā
(i) the persons who
take part in the management or control of the body, or
(ii) the
employees of the body,
to attend the BSC and
assist them in their consideration of the complaint, or
(c) where
the relevant person is an individual, to attend, or to arrange for one or more
of his employees to attend, the BSC and assist them in their consideration of
the complaint.
(6) Where
the relevant person receives from the BSC a copy of a fairness complaint and,
in connection with the complaint, the BSC make to any other person a request to
which this subsection applies, it shall be the duty of the relevant person to
take such steps as he reasonably can to ensure that the request is complied
with.
(7) Subsection (6)
applies to the following requests by the BSC to any such other person as is
there mentioned, namely ā
(a) a
request to make suitable arrangements for enabling the complainant and any
member or employee of the BSC to view or hear the relevant programme, or any
specified part of it, if and so far as the person requested has in his
possession a visual or sound recording of it;
(b) a
request to provide the BSC and the complainant with a transcript of so much of
the relevant programme, or of any specified part of it, as consisted of speech,
if and so far as the person requested is able to do so;
(c) a
request to provide the BSC and the complainant with copies of any documents in
the possession of the person requested, being the originals or copies of any
correspondence between that person and the person affected or the complainant
in connection with the complaint;
(d) a
request to furnish to the BSC and the complainant a written statement in answer
to the complaint;
(e) a
request to attend, or (where the person requested is not an individual) to
arrange for a representative to attend, the BSC and assist them in their
consideration of the complaint.
(8) Where
the BSC have adjudicated on a fairness complaint, they shall send a statement
of their findings to the complainant.
(9) In
this section āthe relevant personā means ā
(a) in a
case where the relevant programme was broadcast by a broadcasting body, that
body, and
(b) in a
case where the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, the
licence holder providing the service.
116 Consideration of standards
complaints
(1) Subject
to the provisions of sections 113 and 114, every standards complaint made to
the BSC shall be considered by them either without a hearing or, if they think fit,
at a hearing (and any such hearing shall be held in private unless the BSC
decide otherwise).
(2) Where
a hearing is held in respect of a standards complaint, each of the following
persons shall be given an opportunity to attend and be heard,
namely ā
(a) the
complainant,
(b) the
relevant person,
(c) where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, the appropriate
regulatory body,
(d) any
person not within any of paragraphs (a) to (c) who appears to the BSC to
have been responsible for the making or provision of that programme, and
(e) any
other person who the BSC consider might be able to assist at the hearing.
(3) In
a case where the BSC have made a determination in respect of any complaints
under subsection (3) of section 113, subsection (2)(a) shall be
construed as referring to such one or more of the persons who made those
complaints as the BSC may determine.
(4) Before
the BSC proceed to consider a standards complaint they shall send a copy of
it ā
(a) to
the relevant person, and
(b) where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, to the appropriate
regulatory body.
(5) Where
the relevant person receives from the BSC a copy of the complaint, it shall be
the duty of that person, if so required by the BSC ā
(a) to
provide the BSC with a visual or sound recording of the relevant programme or
any specified part of it, if and so far as he has such a recording in his
possession;
(b) to
provide the BSC with a transcript of so much of the relevant programme, or of
any specified part of it, as consisted of speech, if and so far as he is able
to do so;
(c) to
provide the BSC with copies of any documents in his possession, being the
originals or copies of any correspondence between him and the complainant in
connection with the complaint;
(d) to
furnish to the BSC a written statement in answer to the complaint.
(6) In
this section ā
*
*
*
*
*
āthe relevant
personā means ā
(a) in a
case where the relevant programme was broadcast by a broadcasting body, that
body, and
(b) in a
case where the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, the
licence holder providing that service.
117 Duty to retain recordings
For the purposes of
sections 115 and 116 of this Act
* * * it
shall be the duty of each broadcasting body to retain a recording of every
television or sound programme which is broadcast by that body ā
(a) where
it is of a television programme, during the period of 90 days beginning
with the day of the broadcast, and
(b) where
it is of a sound programme, during the period of 42 days beginning with
the day of the broadcast.
118 Power to pay allowances to
persons attending hearings
The
BSC may, if they think fit, make to any person who attends them in connection
with a fairness complaint or a standards complaint such payments as they think
fit by way of travelling allowance or subsistence allowance where expenditure
on travelling or, as the case may be, on subsistence is necessarily incurred by
him for the purpose of enabling him so to attend.
119 Publication
of BSCās findings
(1) Where
the BSC have ā
(a) considered and adjudicated upon a fairness complaint, or
(b) considered
and made their findings on a standards complaint,
they may give directions
of the kind specified in subsection (2).
(2) Those
directions are ā
(a) where
the relevant programme was broadcast by a broadcasting body, directions
requiring that body to publish the matters mentioned in subsection (3) in
such manner, and within such period, as may be specified in the directions, and
(b) where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, directions requiring
the appropriate regulatory body to direct the licence holder to publish those
matters in such manner, and within such period, as may be so specified.
(3) Those
matters are ā
(a) a
summary of the complaint;
(b) the
BSCās findings on the complaint or a summary of them;
(c) in
the case of a standards complaint, any observations by the BSC on the complaint
or a summary of any such observations.
(4) References
in subsection (2) to the publication of any matter are references to the
publication of that matter without its being accompanied by any observations
made by a person other than the BSC and relating to the complaint.
(5) The
form and content of any such summary as is mentioned in subsection (3)(a),
(b) or (c) shall be such as may be approved by the BSC.
(6) A
broadcasting or regulatory body shall comply with any directions given to them
under this section.
(7) Any
licence to provide a licensed service which is granted by a regulatory body
under this Act shall include conditions requiring the licence holder to comply
with such directions as may be given to him by that body for the purpose of
enabling them to comply with any directions given to them under this section.
(8) The
BSC shall publish, monthly or at such other intervals as they think fit and in
such manner as they think fit, reports each containing, as regards every
fairness complaint or standards complaint which falls within this subsection
and has been dealt with by them in the period covered by the
report ā
(a) a
summary of the complaint and the action taken by them on it,
(b) where
they have adjudicated on it, a summary of ā
(i) their findings,
(ii) any
direction given under subsection (1), or other action taken by them, in
relation to the complaint, and
(c) where
a direction has been given under subsection (1) in relation to the
complaint, a summary of any action taken by a broadcasting body, a regulatory
body or the holder of a licence to provide a licensed service in pursuance of
the direction.
(9) A
fairness complaint or standards complaint made to the BSC falls within
subsection (8) unless it is one which under section 111(1), (4) or
(5), 113(1) or 114(2) they have refused to entertain.
(10) The
BSC may, if they think fit, omit from any summary which is included in a report
under subsection (8) and relates to a fairness complaint any information
which could lead to the disclosure of the identity of any person connected with
the complaint in question other than ā
(a) a
broadcasting or regulatory body, or
(b) a
person providing a licensed service.
(11) The
references in subsections (3)(b) and (8)(b) to the BSCās findings on a
complaint shall be construed, in relation to a fairness complaint which has
been considered by them in two or more parts, as references to their findings
on each part of the complaint.
(12) *
*
* *
*
120 Reports on action taken
voluntarily in response to findings on complaints
(1) This
section applies where the BSC have given a direction under section 119(1)
in relation to a fairness complaint or a standards complaint.
(2) Where
the relevant programme was included in a licensed service, the appropriate
regulatory body shall send to the BSC a report of any supplementary action
taken by ā
(a) the
regulatory body,
(b) the
licence holder, or
(c) any
other person appearing to the regulatory body to be responsible for the making
or provision of the relevant programme.
(3) Where
the relevant programme was broadcast by a broadcasting body, that body shall
send to the BSC a report of any supplementary action taken by ā
(a) the
broadcasting body, or
(b) any
other person appearing to that body to be responsible for the making or
provision of the relevant programme.
(4) The
BSC may include, in any report under section 119(8), a summary of any
report received by them under subsection (2) or (3) in relation to the
complaint.
(5) In
this section āsupplementary actionā, in relation to a complaint,
means action which, although not taken in pursuance of a direction under
section 119(1), is taken in consequence of the findings of the BSC on the
complaint.
121 Certain statements etc.
protected by qualified privilege for purposes of defamation
(1) For
the purposes of the law relating to defamation ā
(a) publication
of any statement in the course of the consideration by the BSC of, and their
adjudication on, a fairness complaint,
(b) publication
by the BSC of directions under section 119(1) relating to a fairness
complaint, or
(c) publication
of a report of the BSC, so far as the report relates to fairness complaints,
is privileged unless the
publication is shown to be made with malice.
(2) Nothing
in subsection (1) shall be construed as limiting any privilege subsisting
apart from that subsection.
Miscellaneous
and general
122 Power of BSC to commission
research
(1) The
BSC may make arrangements for the undertaking of research into matters related
to or connected with ā
(a) the
avoidance of unjust or unfair treatment in programmes to which section 107
applies and of unwarranted infringement of privacy in, or in connection with
the obtaining of material included in, such programmes,
(b) the
portrayal of violence or sexual conduct in programmes to which section 108
applies, or
(c) standards
of taste and decency for such programmes generally.
(2) The
matters into which research may be undertaken in pursuance of
subsection (1) include, in particular, matters falling within
section 109(2)(a) and (b).
(3) Arrangements
made under subsection (1) shall secure that, so far as is reasonably
practicable, any research undertaken in pursuance of the arrangements is
undertaken by persons who are neither members nor employees of the BSC.
(4) The
BSC may publish the results of any research undertaken in pursuance of
subsection (1).
123 International representation
by BSC of Government interests
The
functions of the BSC shall include representing Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom, at the request of the Secretary of State, on international
bodies concerned with setting standards for television programmes.
124 Duty
to publicise BSC
(1) It shall be the duty of each broadcasting or regulatory body to
arrange for the publication (by means of broadcasts or otherwise) of regular
announcements publicising the BSC.
(2) Any
such announcements may contain a statement of the difference between fairness
complaints and standards complaints.
(3) Any
licence to provide a licensed service which is granted by a regulatory body
under the 1990 Act or under this Act shall include conditions requiring the
licence holder to comply with such directions as may be given to him by that
body in connection with the performance by them of their duty under
subsection (1).
(4) *
*
*
*
*
125 Annual reports
(1) As
soon as possible after the end of every financial year the BSC shall prepare a
report of their proceedings during that year, and transmit it to the Secretary
of State who shall lay copies of it before each House of Parliament.
(2) The
report shall include a report by the BSC on the matters specified in
section 109(1).
(3) If
the Secretary of State so directs, the report shall also include such further
information relating to the BSC as he may specify in the direction.
(4) The
report may also include a report on any issues of the kind referred to in
section 126.
(5) The
BSC shall send a copy of the report, together with a copy of the statement of
accounts for the year and of the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General
on that statement ā
(a) to
each broadcasting or regulatory body, and
(b) if so
requested by any person providing a licensed service, to that person.
(6) *
*
*
*
*
126 Reports to Secretary of State
The BSC may from time to
time make a report to the Secretary of State on any issues identified by them
in the course of carrying out their functions under this Part and appearing to
them to raise questions of general broadcasting policy.
127 Contributions towards cost of
BSC
* * * * * * *
128 Transfer of assets of
Broadcasting Complaints Commission and Broadcasting Standards Council to BSC
and dissolution of those bodies
(1) In
this section āthe existing boardsā means the Broadcasting
Complaints Commission and the Broadcasting Standards Council.
(2) On
such day as the Secretary of State may by order appoint as the transfer date
all the property, rights and liabilities to which either of the existing boards
were entitled or subject immediately before that date shall become property,
rights and liabilities of the BSC; and Schedule 4 shall have effect for
the purpose of supplementing this and the following provisions of this section.
(3) Each
of the existing boards shall continue in existence after the transfer date
until such time as they are respectively dissolved by order made by the
Secretary of State.
(4) On
the transfer date the chairman and members of the existing boards shall cease
to hold office; and as from that date each of the existing boards ā
(a) shall
consist only of a chairman appointed by the Secretary of State and, if the
Secretary of State thinks fit, such one or more other persons as the Secretary
of State may appoint as members, and
(b) shall
have only the functions which fall to be carried out by them under or by virtue
of Schedule 4.
(5) If
requested to do so by the chairman appointed under subsection (4)(a) to
either of the existing boards, the BSC shall furnish that existing board with
any assistance required by them for the purposes of carrying out any of those
functions.
(6) The
Secretary of State shall not make an order under subsection (3) in
relation to either of the existing boards unless he is satisfied, after
consultation with that existing board and the BSC, that nothing further remains
to be done by that existing board under or by virtue of Schedule 4.
(7) References
in this section and Schedule 4 to property, rights and liabilities of
either of the existing boards include references to property, rights and
liabilities which are not capable of being transferred or assigned by them.
129 Transitional provisions
relating to complaints
(1) This
Part shall have effect in relation to ā
(a) any
complaint to the Broadcasting Complaints Commission under section 144 of
the 1990 Act[56] made but not disposed of by them before the transfer date, or
(b) any
complaint to the Broadcasting Standards Council under section 154 of that
Act[57] made but not disposed of by them before that date,
as if the complaint had
been made to the BSC under this Part, and anything done by the Broadcasting
Complaints Commission or, as the case requires, the Broadcasting Standards
Council in relation to the complaint before the transfer date had been done by
the BSC.
(2) In
subsection (1) āthe transfer dateā means the date appointed
under section 128(2).
130 Interpretation of Part V
(1) In
this Part (unless the context otherwise requires) ā
āthe appropriate
regulatory bodyā, in relation to a programme included in a licensed
service, means the regulatory body by whom that service is licensed;
ābroadcasting
bodyā means the BBC
* * *;
āthe BSCā
means the Broadcasting Standards Commission;
āfairness complaintā
has the meaning given by section 110(4);
āfinancial
yearā means the twelve months ending with 31st March;
ālicensed
serviceā means,
* * * ā
(a) any
television programme service (within the meaning of Part I of the 1990 Act[58]) which is licensed under that Part,
(b) any
independent radio service (within the meaning of Part III of the 1990 Act[59]) which is licensed under that Part,
(c) any
additional service (within the meaning of Part I or III of the 1990 Act[60]) which is licensed under that Part and is for general reception in,
or in any area in, the United Kingdom [and the Bailiwick of Jersey],
(d) any
digital programme service (within the meaning of Part I of this Act) which
is licensed under that Part,
(e) any
qualifying service (within the meaning of Part I of this Act)
* * *,
(f) any
digital sound programme service (within the meaning of Part II of this
Act) which is licensed under that Part,
(g) any
simulcast radio service (within the meaning of Part II of this Act), and
(h) any
digital additional service (within the meaning of Part I or II of this
Act) which is licensed under that Part;
*
*
*
*
*
āparticipantā,
in relation to a programme, means a person who appeared, or whose voice was
heard, in the programme;
āthe person
affectedā ā
(a) in
relation to any such unjust or unfair treatment as is mentioned in
section 110(1), means a participant in the programme in question who was
the subject of that treatment or a person who, whether such a participant or
not, had a direct interest in the subject-matter of that treatment, and
(b) in
relation to any such unwarranted infringement of privacy as is so mentioned,
means a person whose privacy was infringed;
āprogrammeā
includes an advertisement and a teletext transmission and, in relation to a
service, includes any item included in that service;
āregulatory
bodyā means the Independent Television Commission or the Radio Authority;
āthe relevant
programmeā, in relation to a complaint, means the programme to which the
complaint relates;
āsexual
conductā means any form of sexual activity or other sexual behaviour;
āstandards
complaintā has the meaning given by section 110(4);
āunjust or unfair
treatmentā includes treatment which is unjust or unfair because of the
way in which material included in a programme has been selected or arranged.
(2) In
this Part ā
(a) any
reference to programmes to which section 107 applies shall be construed in
accordance with section 107(5), and
(b) any
reference to programmes to which section 108 applies shall be construed in
accordance with section 108(5).
PART VI
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
PART VII
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
PART VIII
miscellaneous
and general
Standards
for transmission systems
142 Standards for transmission
systems
(1) The
Independent Television Commission (in this section referred to as āthe
Commissionā) shall do all that they can to secure that every licensed
service uses a transmission system complying with Article 2 of Council
Directive 95/47/EC on the use of standards for the transmission of television
signals (āthe Directiveā).
(2) In
this section āCommunity digital standardā means any of the
alternatives permitted within the mandatory parts of the standards to be met by
a transmission system for the purpose of complying with Article 2(c) of
the Directive (which relates to television services that are fully digital).
(3) The
Commission may, after consultation with the persons specified in
subsection (6), specify particular Community digital standards to be met
in the provision of licensed services which are fully digital.
(4) In
deciding whether, and if so how, to exercise their powers under
subsection (3), the Commission shall, in particular ā
(a) have
regard to the desirability of promoting ā
(i) mutual technical
compatibility between digital television services, and
(ii) the
development of digital television broadcasting, and
(b) consider
whether it would be reasonably practicable for persons providing licensed
services which are fully digital to use transmission systems meeting the
Community digital standards in question.
(5) Where
the Commission have exercised their powers under subsection (3), they
shall ā
(a) publish
notice of their determination in such manner as they think fit, and
(b) do
all that they can to secure that any licensed service which is fully digital
uses a transmission system meeting the Community digital standards specified
under that subsection.
(6) The
persons referred to in subsection (3) are ā
(a) every
person providing a licensed service,
(b) the
BBC,
(c) the
Welsh Authority,
(d) the
Secretary of State,
(e) the
Director General of Telecommunications,
(f) the
Director General of Fair Trading,
(g) such
persons appearing to them to represent manufacturers of television broadcasting
or receiving equipment as they think fit,
(h) such
persons appearing to them to represent viewers as they think fit, and
(i) such
other persons as they think fit.
(7) In
this section ā
ālicensed
serviceā means any service licensed by the Commission under Part I
of this Act or Part I
* * * of
the 1990 Act[61]
* * *,
but does not include any service which is only broadcast or transmitted
for reception outside the European Economic Area [or any service broadcast or
transmitted for general reception in the Bailiwick of Jersey, or in the
Bailiwick of Jersey and the Bailiwick of Guernsey, only];
*
*
*
*
*
Disqualification
on grounds relating to political objects
143 Duties of Independent
Television Commission and Radio Authority in cases involving disqualification
on grounds related to political objects
(1) If
it appears to the Independent Television Commission that there are grounds for
suspecting that any person who is an applicant for a licence under Part I
* * * of
the 1990 Act[62] or Part I of this Act is by virtue of any of the
provisions specified in subsection (5) a disqualified person in relation
to that licence, the Commission shall be regarded as failing to discharge their
duty under section 5(1) of the 1990 Act,[63] or as the case may be section 5(1) of this Act, if they grant
the licence to that person without being provided with information which
satisfies them that he is not on those grounds a disqualified person by virtue
of that provision.
(2) If
it appears to the Independent Television Commission that there are grounds for
suspecting that any person who is the holder of a licence under Part I
* * * of
the 1990 Act[64] or Part I of this Act is by virtue of any of the
provisions specified in subsection (5) a disqualified person in relation
to that licence, the Commission shall be regarded as failing to discharge their
duty under section 5(1) of the 1990 Act,[65] or as the case may be section 5(1) of this Act,
unless ā
(a) they
require him to provide them with information for the purpose of determining
whether he is on those grounds a disqualified person by virtue of that
provision, and
(b) if
they are satisfied that he is a disqualified person, they revoke the licence.
(3) If
it appears to the Radio Authority that there are grounds for suspecting that
any person who is an applicant for a licence under Part III of the 1990 Act[66] or Part II of this Act is by virtue of any of the provisions
specified in subsection (5) a disqualified person in relation to that
licence, the Authority shall be regarded as failing to discharge their duty
under section 88(1) of the 1990 Act,[67] or as the case may be section 44(1) of this Act, if they grant the
licence to that person without being provided with information which satisfies
them that he is not on those grounds a disqualified person by virtue of that
provision.
(4) If
it appears to the Radio Authority that there are grounds for suspecting that
any person who is the holder of a licence under Part III of the 1990 Act[68] or Part II of this Act is by virtue of any of the provisions
specified in subsection (5) a disqualified person in relation to that
licence, the Authority shall be regarded as failing to discharge their duty
under section 88(1) of the 1990 Act,[69] or as the case may be section 44(1) of this Act,
unless ā
(a) they
require him to provide them with information for the purpose of determining
whether he is a disqualified person on those grounds by virtue of that
provision, and
(b) if
they are satisfied that he is a disqualified person, they revoke the licence.
(5) The
provisions referred to in subsections (1) to (4) are the following
provisions of paragraph 1(1) of Part II of Schedule 2 to the
1990 Act[70] ā
(a) paragraphs (d)
to (g),
(b) paragraph (h)
so far as relating to participation by bodies falling within paragraph (d),
(e) or (g),
(c) paragraph (hh)
so far as relating to a body corporate controlled by a body corporate in which
a body falling within paragraph (d), (e) or (g) is a participant with more
than a 5 per cent. interest,
(d) paragraph (i)
so far as relating to control by a person falling within any of paragraphs (d)
to (g) or by two or more such persons, and
(e) paragraph (j)
so far as relating to participation by a body corporate which is controlled by
a person falling within any of paragraphs (d) to (g) or by two or more
such persons.
(6) Nothing
in subsections (1) to (5) shall be taken to limit the generality
of ā
(a) the
duty imposed on the Independent Television Commission by section 5(1) of
the 1990 Act[71] or section 5(1) of this Act, or
(b) the
duty imposed on the Radio Authority by section 88(1) of the 1990 Act[72] or section 44(1) of this Act.
Provision
of false information, etc.
144 Offence of providing false
information in certain circumstances
(1) A
person who, in connection with an application by him for, or his continued
holding of, a licence under the 1990 Act[73] or this Act ā
(a) makes
to the relevant authority a statement which he knows to be false in a material
particular, or
(b) recklessly
makes to the relevant authority a statement which is false in a material
particular,
is guilty of an offence if
the statement relates to a matter which would be relevant in determining
whether he is by virtue of any of the provisions specified in
subsection (3) a disqualified person, and he is by virtue of any of those
provisions a disqualified person in relation to that licence.
(2) A
person who, in connection with an application by him for, or his continued
holding of, a licence under the 1990 Act[74] or this Act, withholds any information with the intention of
causing the relevant authority to be misled is guilty of an offence
if ā
(a) the
information would be relevant in determining whether he is by virtue of any of
the provisions specified in subsection (3) a disqualified person, and
(b) he is
by virtue of any of those provisions a disqualified person in relation to that
licence.
(3) The
provisions referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are the following provisions
of paragraph 1(1) of Part II of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act[75] ā
(a) paragraphs (d)
to (g),
(b) paragraph (h)
so far as relating to participation by bodies falling within paragraph (d),
(e) or (g),
(c) paragraph (hh)
so far as relating to a body corporate controlled by a body corporate in which
a body falling within paragraph (d), (e) or (g) is a participant with more
than a 5 per cent. interest,
(d) paragraph (i)
so far as relating to control by a person falling within any of paragraphs (d)
to (g) or by two or more such persons, and
(e) paragraph (j)
so far as relating to participation by a body corporate which is controlled by
a person falling within any of paragraphs (d) to (g) or by two or more
such persons.
(4) A
person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on
* * *
conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months or to a fine
not exceeding [level 4] on the standard scale[76] or to both.
(5) In
this section āthe relevant authorityā means ā
(a) in
relation to any licence under Part I
* * * of
the 1990 Act or Part I of this Act, the Independent Television Commission,
and
(b) in
relation to any licence under Part III of the 1990 Act or Part II of
this Act, the Radio Authority.
[(6) In subsection (4), āstandard
scaleā means the standard scale of fines for the time being laid down in
the Schedule to the Standard Scale
of Fines (Jersey) Law 1993.[77]]
145 Disqualification for offence
of supplying false information, etc.
(1) Where
a person is convicted of an offence under section 144 the court by which
he is convicted may make an order (in this section referred to as a
ādisqualification orderā) disqualifying him from holding a licence
during a period specified in the order.
(2) The
period specified in a disqualification order shall not exceed five years
beginning with the date on which the order takes effect.
(3) Where
an individual is disqualified from holding a licence by virtue of a
disqualification order, any body corporate ā
(a) of
which he is a director, or
(b) in
the management of which he is directly or indirectly concerned,
is also disqualified from
holding a licence.
(4) Where
the holder of a licence is disqualified by virtue of a disqualification order,
the licence shall be treated as being revoked with effect from the time when
the order takes effect.
(5) For
the purposes of any of the provisions specified in subsection (6) (which
relate to the imposition of a financial penalty on the revocation of a
licence), a licence which is revoked by virtue of subsection (4) shall be
taken to have been revoked by the relevant authority as mentioned in that
provision.
(6) The
provisions referred to in subsection (5) are as follows ā
(a) section
18(3) of the 1990 Act,
(b) section
101(3) of the 1990 Act,
(c) section
11(5), and
(d) section
53(5).
(7) In
sections 5(1)(a) and 88(1)(a) of the 1990 Act and sections 5(1)(a)
and 44(1)(a) of this Act, the reference to a person who is a disqualified
person by virtue of Part II of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act[78] includes a reference to a person who is disqualified by virtue of a
disqualification order.
(8) In
this section ā
ālicenceā
means any licence granted by the Independent Television Commission or the Radio
Authority under the 1990 Act[79] or this Act;
āthe relevant
authorityā has the same meaning as in section 144.
146 Supplementary provisions as
to disqualification orders
(1) A
person disqualified by a disqualification order may appeal against the order in
the same manner as against a conviction.
(2) A
disqualification order
* * * ā
(a) shall
not take effect until the end of the period within which the person on whose
conviction the order was made can appeal against the order, and
(b) if he
so appeals, shall not take effect until the appeal has been determined or
abandoned.
(3) *
*
*
*
*
(4) In
this section ādisqualification orderā means an order under
section 145.
General
147 General interpretation
(1) In
this Act ā
āthe 1990 Actā
means the Broadcasting Act 1990;[80]
āthe BBCā
means the British Broadcasting Corporation.
(2) The
1990 Act and the following provisions of this Act ā
(a) Parts
I and II and Schedule 1,
(b) Part
IV,
(c) Part
V and Schedules 3 and 4, and
(d) sections
142 to 146,
shall be construed as if
those provisions were contained in that Act.
148 Minor and consequential
amendments, repeals and revocations
(1) Schedule 10 (which makes minor and
consequential amendments) shall have effect.
(2) The
enactments and instruments mentioned in Schedule 11 are hereby repealed
or, as the case may be, revoked to the extent specified in the third column of
that Schedule.
149 Commencement
and transitional provisions
* * * * * * *
150 Short
title and extent
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1
Sections 37, 70
MULTIPLEX
REVENUE: SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
PART I
MULTIPLEX
REVENUE FOR PURPOSES OF PART I OF THIS ACT
Computation
of multiplex revenue
1
(1) It
shall be the duty of the Commission to draw up, and from time to time review, a
statement setting out the principles to be followed in
ascertaining ā
(a) the
multiplex revenue in relation to a licence holder for the purposes of
section 14 for any accounting period, and
(b) the
share of multiplex revenue attributable to a person in relation to any multiplex
service for the purposes of any provision of Part I of this
Act ā
(i) for any
accounting period of the holder of the multiplex licence, or
(ii) for
any year.
(2) A
statement under this paragraph may set out different principles for persons holding
different kinds of licences.
(3) Before
drawing up or revising a statement under this paragraph the Commission shall
consult the Secretary of State and the Treasury.
(4) The
Commission shall ā
(a) publish
the statement drawn up under this paragraph and every revision of that
statement; and
(b) transmit
a copy of that statement, and every revision of it, to the Secretary of State;
and the Secretary of State
shall lay copies of the statement and of every such revision before each House
of Parliament.
Disputes
2
(1) For
the purposes of any provision of Part I of this Act ā
(a) the
amount of the multiplex revenue in relation to any holder of a multiplex
licence for any accounting period of his, or (as the case may be) for any year,
or
(b) the
amount of any payment to be made to the Commission by any person in respect of
any such revenue, or of an instalment of any such payment,
shall, in the event of a
disagreement between the Commission and that person, be the amount determined
by the Commission.
(2) For
the purposes of any provision of Part I of this Act the share of multiplex
revenue attributable to any person in relation to a multiplex service for any
accounting period or (as the case may be) for any year shall, in the event of a
disagreement between the Commission and that person, be the amount determined
by the Commission.
(3) No
determination of the Commission under this paragraph shall be called in
question in any court of law, or be the subject of any arbitration; but nothing
in this sub-paragraph shall prevent the bringing of proceedings for judicial
review.
PART II
MULTIPLEX
REVENUE FOR PURPOSES OF PART II OF THIS ACT
Computation
of multiplex revenue
3
(1) It
shall be the duty of the Authority to draw up, and from time to time review, a
statement setting out the principles to be followed in
ascertaining ā
(a) the
multiplex revenue in relation to a licence holder for the purposes of
section 56 for any accounting period, and
(b) the share of multiplex
revenue attributable to a person in relation to any national radio multiplex
service for the purposes of any provision of Part II of this
Act ā
(i) for
any accounting period of the holder of the national radio multiplex licence, or
(ii) for
any year.
(2) A
statement under this paragraph may set out different principles for persons
holding different kinds of licences.
(3) Before
drawing up or revising a statement under this paragraph the Authority shall
consult the Secretary of State and the Treasury.
(4) The
Authority shall ā
(a) publish
the statement drawn up under this paragraph and every revision of that
statement; and
(b) transmit
a copy of that statement, and every revision of it, to the Secretary of State;
and the Secretary of State
shall lay copies of the statement and of every such revision before each House
of Parliament.
Disputes
4
(1) For
the purposes of any provision of Part II of this Act ā
(a) the
amount of the multiplex revenue in relation to any holder of a national radio
multiplex licence for any accounting period of his, or (as the case may be) for
any year, or
(b) the
amount of any payment to be made to the Authority by any person in respect of
any such revenue, or of an instalment of any such payment,
shall, in the event of a
disagreement between the Authority and that person, be the amount determined by
the Authority.
(2) For
the purposes of any provision of Part II of this Act the share of
multiplex revenue attributable to any person in relation to any national radio
multiplex service for any accounting period or (as the case may be) for any
year shall, in the event of a disagreement between the Authority and that
person, be the amount determined by the Authority.
(3) No
determination of the Authority under this paragraph shall be called in question
in any court of law, or be the subject of any arbitration; but nothing in this
sub-paragraph shall prevent the bringing of proceedings for judicial review.
SCHEDULE
2
Section 73
AMENDMENTS
OF BROADCASTING ACT 1990 RELATING TO RESTRICTIONS ON HOLDING OF LICENCES
PART I
AMENDMENTS
OF PART I OF SCHEDULE 2
1
(1) In
Part I of Schedule 2, paragraph 1 (which contains interpretative
provisions) is amended as follows.
(2) In
sub-paragraph (1)[81] ā
(a) before
the definition of āadvertising agencyā there is
inserted ā
ā āthe 1996 Actā means the Broadcasting Act 1996;ā,
(b) for
paragraph (a) of the definition of āassociateā there is
substituted ā
ā(a) in
relation to a body corporate, shall be construed in accordance with paragraph (1A),
andā,
(c) in
paragraph (b) of the definition of ācontrolā for āby
virtue of the rules regulating that or any other bodyā there is
substituted āby whatever means and whether directly or indirectlyā,
(d) after
the definition of ācontrolā there is inserted ā
ā ācoverage areaā, in relation to a service,
shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 3A;
ādigital programme serviceā has the same meaning as in
Part I of the 1996 Act;ā,
(e) after
the definition of ālocal delivery serviceā there is
inserted ā
ā ālocal digital sound programme serviceā and
ānational digital sound programme serviceā have the same meaning as
in Part II of the 1996 Act;
ālocal radio multiplex serviceā and ānational
radio multiplex serviceā have the same meaning as in Part II of the
1996 Act;ā, and
(f) at
the end there is inserted ā
ā ātelevision multiplex serviceā means a
multiplex service within the meaning of Part I of the 1996 Act.ā.
(3) After
sub-paragraph (1)[82] there is inserted ā
ā(1A) For the purpose of determining the persons who
are the associates of a body corporate for the purposes of this
Schedule ā
(a) an
individual shall be regarded as an associate of a body corporate if he is a
director of that body corporate, and
(b) a
body corporate and another body corporate shall be regarded as associates of
each other if one controls the other or if the same person controls
both.ā
(4) For
sub-paragraph (3)[83] there is substituted ā
ā(3) For the purposes of this
Schedule a person controls a body corporate if ā
(a) he
holds, or is beneficially entitled to, more than 50 per cent. of the
equity share capital in the body, or possesses more than 50 per cent.
of the voting power in it, or
(b) although
he does not have such an interest in the body, it is reasonable, having regard
to all the circumstances, to expect that he will be able, by whatever means and
whether directly or indirectly, to achieve the result that the affairs of the
body are conducted in accordance with his wishes; or
(c) he
holds, or is beneficially entitled to, 50 per cent. of the equity
share capital in that body, or possesses 50 per cent. of the voting
power in it, and an arrangement exists between him and any other participant in
the body as to the manner in which any voting power in the body possessed by
either of them is to be exercised, or as to the omission by either of them to exercise
such voting power.
(3A) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(c) ā
(a) āarrangementā
includes any agreement or arrangement, whether or not it is, or is intended to
be, legally enforceable, and
(b) a
person shall be treated ā
(i) as holding, or
being beneficially entitled to, any equity share capital which is held by a
body corporate which he controls or to which such a body corporate is
beneficially entitled, and
(ii) as possessing any
voting power possessed by such a body corporate.ā
(5) Sub-paragraph (4)[84] is omitted.
(6) For
sub-paragraph (6)[85] there is substituted ā
ā(6) In this Schedule any
reference to a participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in
a body corporate is a reference to a person who ā
(a) holds
or is beneficially entitled to more than 20 per cent. of the shares
in that body, or
(b) possesses
more than 20 per cent. of the voting power in that body.
(7) Sub-paragraph (6)
shall have effect subject to the necessary modifications in relation to other
references in this Schedule ā
(a) to
an interest of more than a specified percentage in a body corporate, or
(b) to
an interest of a specified percentage or more in a body corporate.
(8) Any reference in this
Schedule to a person who is over a particular age is a reference to a person who
has attained that age.ā
2
(1) Paragraph 2
of Part I of Schedule 2 is amended as follows.
(2) At
the beginning of sub-paragraph (1)[86] there is inserted āSubject to sub-paragraph (1A)ā.
(3) After
sub-paragraph (1)[87] there is inserted ā
ā(1A) For the purposes of this Schedule, a
personās holding of shares, or possession of voting power, in a body
corporate shall be disregarded if, or to the extent that ā
(a) he
holds the shares concerned ā
(i) as a nominee,
(ii) as a custodian
(whether under a trust or by a contract), or
(iii) under an arrangement
pursuant to which he has issued, or is to issue, depositary receipts, as
defined by section 220(1) of the Companies Act 1985, in respect of the shares concerned, and
(b) he
is not entitled to exercise or control the exercise of voting rights in respect
of the shares concerned.
(1B) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1A)(b) ā
(a) a
person is not entitled to exercise or control the exercise of voting rights in
respect of shares if he is bound (whether by contract or otherwise) not to
exercise the voting rights, or not to exercise them otherwise than in
accordance with the instructions of another, and
(b) voting
rights which a person is entitled to exercise or of which he is entitled to
control the exercise only in certain circumstances shall be taken into account
only when those circumstances have arisen and for as long as they continue to
obtain.ā
3
For paragraph 3 of Part I of
Schedule 2[88] there is substituted ā
For the purposes of this Schedule the following persons shall be
treated as connected with a particular person ā
(a) a person who controls
that person,
(b) an associate of that
person or of a person falling within paragraph (a), and
(c) a body which is
controlled by that person or by an associate of that person.ā
4
After paragraph 3 of Part
I of Schedule 2[89] there is inserted ā
(1) In this Schedule
ācoverage areaā ā
(a) in
relation to any service licensed by the Commission under Part I of this
Act or a television multiplex service licensed by them under Part I of the
1996 Act, means the area of the United Kingdom from time to time determined by
the Commission as that within which the service is capable of being received at
a level satisfying such technical standards as they may from time to time determine,
(b) in
relation to any digital programme service which is broadcast by means of a
television multiplex service, means the area of the United Kingdom from time to
time determined by the Commission as that within which the digital programme
service as so broadcast is capable of being received at such a level,
(c) in
relation to any service licensed by the Authority under Part III of this
Act, means the area of the United Kingdom from time to time determined by the
Authority as that within which the service is capable of being received at a
level satisfying such technical standards as they may from time to time
determine, and
(d) in
relation to any local radio multiplex service licensed by the Authority under
Part II of the 1996 Act or any local digital sound programme service which
is broadcast by means of such a local radio multiplex service, means the area
of the United Kingdom from time to time determined by the Authority as that
within which the local radio multiplex service is capable of being received at
such a level.
(2) Where the Commission or
the Authority make any determination under this paragraph, they
shall ā
(a) publish
the determination in such manner as they think fit, and
(b) send
a copy of it to such persons holding licences granted by them as appear to them
to be affected by the determination.
(1) For the purposes of
this Schedule ā
(a) a
person who holds a licence to provide digital programme services shall be taken
to provide a digital programme service if, under a contract between him and a
person who holds a licence to provide a television multiplex service, that
person is obliged to broadcast the digital programme service by means of the
television multiplex service;
(b) a
person who holds a licence to provide national digital sound programme services
shall be taken to provide a national digital sound programme service if, under
a contract between him and a person who holds a licence to provide a national
radio multiplex service, that person is obliged to broadcast the national
digital sound programme service by means of the national radio multiplex
service;
(c) a
person who holds a licence to provide local digital sound programme services
shall be taken to provide a local digital sound programme service if, under a
contract between him and a person who holds a licence to provide a local radio
multiplex service, that person is obliged to broadcast the local digital sound
programme service by means of the local radio multiplex service.
(2) For the purposes of
this Schedule a person who holds a licence to provide digital programme
services, national digital sound programme services or local digital sound
programme services shall also be taken to provide a digital programme service,
a national digital sound programme service or a local digital sound programme
service (as the case may be) if he also holds a relevant multiplex licence and
is broadcasting that service under that licence.
(3) In sub-paragraph (2),
ārelevant multiplex licenceā means ā
(a) in
relation to digital programme services, a licence to provide a television
multiplex service,
(b) in
relation to national digital sound programme services, a licence to provide a
national radio multiplex service, and
(c) in
relation to local digital sound programme services, a licence to provide a
local radio multiplex service.ā
5
In paragraph 4 of
Part I of Schedule 2[90] (affirmative resolution procedure), for āthis Scheduleā
there is substituted āany provision of this Schedule other than
paragraph 7 in Part IIIā.
PART II
AMENDMENTS
OF PART II OF SCHEDULE 2
6
(1) In
Part II of Schedule 2, paragraph 1 (general disqualification of
non-EEA nationals and bodies having political connections) is amended as
follows.
(2) In
sub-paragraph (1),[91] after paragraph (h) there is inserted ā
ā(hh) a body
corporate which is controlled by a body corporate falling within paragraph (h);ā.
(3) In
sub-paragraph (2),[92] the āorā at the end of paragraph (e) is omitted
and after paragraph (f) there is inserted ā
ā(g) a
licence to provide a television multiplex service, a national radio multiplex
service or a local radio multiplex service,
(h) a
licence to provide digital additional services (within the meaning of
Part I or II of the 1996 Act),
(i) a
licence to provide digital programme services, or
(j) a
licence to provide national or local digital sound programme services.ā
7
In paragraph 3 of
Part II of Schedule 2[93] (disqualification of publicly-funded bodies for radio service
licences), in sub-paragraph (1)(a) for ā(other than a local
authority)ā there is substituted ā(other than a local authority,
the Welsh Authority or the BBC)ā.
8
In paragraph 5 of
Part II of Schedule 2[94] (general disqualification of broadcasting bodies), paragraphs (c)
and (d) are omitted.
9
After paragraph 5 of Part
II of Schedule 2[95] there is inserted ā
ā5A Disqualification
of certain companies for certain licences
(1) A BBC company, a
Channel 4 company or an S4C company is a disqualified person in relation
to ā
(a) any
licence granted by the Commission to provide regional or national Channel 3
services or Channel 5, and
(b) any
licence granted by the Commission to provide a local delivery service.
(2) BBC company is also a
disqualified person in relation to any licence granted by the Authority to
provide a national, local or restricted service within the meaning of
Part III of this Act.
(3) The Secretary of State
may by order provide that sub-paragraph (1)(b) shall not have effect in
relation to any local delivery service of a description specified in the
order.ā
PART III
PROVISIONS SUBSTITUTED FOR PART III OF
SCHEDULE 2
10
For Part III of Schedule 2[96] there is
substituted ā
āPART III
RESTRICTIONS
TO PREVENT ACCUMULATIONS OF INTERESTS IN LICENSED SERVICES
1
(1) In this Part of this
Schedule ārelevant servicesā means any such services as are mentioned
in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) and, for the purposes of this Part, relevant
services shall (subject to paragraph 9) be divided into the seventeen
categories specified in those sub-paragraphs.
(2) In the case of services
licensed by the Commission, the categories are ā
(a) regional
and national Channel 3 services and Channel 5;
(b)
restricted services (within the meaning of Part I of this Act);
(c) domestic
satellite services;
(d) non-domestic
satellite services;
(e) licensable
programme services;
(f) additional
services (within the meaning of Part I of this Act);
(g) television
multiplex services;
(h) digital
programme services; and
(i) digital
additional services (within the meaning of Part I of the 1996 Act).
(3) In the case of services
licensed by the Authority, the categories are ā
(a) national
radio services;
(b) local
radio services;
(c) satellite
radio services;
(d) licensable
sound programme services;
(e) additional
services (within the meaning of Part III of this Act);
(f) national
or local radio multiplex services;
(g) national
or local digital sound programme services; and
(h) digital
additional services (within the meaning of Part II of the 1996 Act).
(4) References in this Part
to national, local, restricted or satellite radio services are references to
national, local, restricted or satellite services within the meaning of
Part III of this Act.
General
limit on the holding of licences to provide television services or interests in
bodies corporate holding such licences
(1) No one person may, at
any time when his audience time in respect of the period of twelve months
ending with the last day of the preceding calendar month exceeds
15 per cent. of total audience time in respect of that
period ā
(a) hold
two or more licences to provide relevant services falling within one or more of
the categories specified in paragraph 1(2)(a), (c), (d), (e) or (h),
(b) be
a participant with a qualifying interest in two or more bodies corporate each
of which holds a licence, or two or more licences, to provide services falling
within one or more of those categories,
(c) hold
any licence to provide a relevant service falling within any of those
categories and be a participant with a qualifying interest in any body
corporate which holds such a licence or two or more such licences,
(d) provide
a foreign satellite service and either hold any licence to provide a relevant
service falling within any of those categories or be a participant with a
qualifying interest in a body corporate which holds such a licence or two or
more such licences, or
(e) hold
a licence to provide relevant services falling within the category specified in
paragraph 1(2)(h) and provide two or more such services.
(2) For the purposes of
sub-paragraph (1) a personās audience time at any time (āthe
relevant timeā) in respect of any period is the aggregate of ā
(a) the
audience time attributable in respect of that period to each relevant service
falling within any of the categories specified in paragraph 1(2)(a), (c),
(d), (e) or (h) provided under a licence held by him at the relevant time,
(b) one
half of the audience time attributable in respect of that period to any
relevant service falling within any of the categories specified in
paragraph 1(2)(a), (c), (d), (e) or (h) provided under a licence held by a
body corporate which he does not control, but in which he is at the relevant
time a participant with a qualifying interest, and
(c) the
audience time attributable in respect of that period to any foreign satellite
service provided by him at the relevant time.
(3) In this paragraph
āforeign satellite serviceā means any service (other than a
non-domestic satellite service) which consists in the transmission of
television programmes by satellite, is provided on a frequency other than one
allocated to the United Kingdom for broadcasting by satellite and
either ā
(a) appears
to the Commission to be intended for general reception in the United Kingdom
(whether or not it appears to them to be also intended for general reception
elsewhere), or
(b) is
(to any extent) relayed by a local delivery service.
(4) References in this
paragraph ā
(a) to
the audience time attributable to any service in respect of any period, or
(b) to
total audience time in respect of any period,
shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 3.
(5) In this paragraph
āqualifying interestā means an interest of more than
20 per cent.
(6) The Secretary of State
may by order amend sub-paragraph (5) ā
(a) by
substituting a different percentage for any percentage for the time being specified
there, and
(b) so
as to specify different percentages in relation to licences to provide
different services.
(7) The Secretary of State
may by order amend sub-paragraphs (1)(a), (2)(a) and (b) by adding a
reference to relevant services falling within the category specified in
paragraph 1(2)(b).
Audience
time and total audience time for purposes of paragraph 2
(1) For the purposes of
paragraph 2 ā
(a) the
audience time attributable to a service in respect of any period is an estimate
by the Commission of the number of hours that would be produced by ā
(i) ascertaining, in
relation to every person who in that period watched any programme included in
that service, the total amount of time he spent in that period watching
programmes so included, and
(ii) adding together
all the amounts of time so ascertained, and
(b) total
audience time in respect of any period is the total of all the audience times
attributable to services specified in sub-paragraph (2) in respect of that
period.
(2) The services referred
to in sub-paragraph (1)(b) are ā
(a) every
television programme service capable of being received in the British Islands,
and
(b) every
other service which consists wholly or mainly in the broadcasting, or
transmission by satellite, from a place outside the British Islands of
television programmes which are capable of being received in the British
Islands.
(3) For the purposes of
this paragraph the Commission may disregard ā
(a) watching
in such circumstances, or by persons of such description, as the Commission may
from time to time determine,
(b) periods
of watching whose duration does not exceed such length of time as they may so
determine, and
(c) the watching of recordings of television programmes to such
extent as they may so determine.
(4) Any estimate required
for the purposes of this paragraph may be made by the Commission in such
manner, or by reference to such surveys conducted or statistics prepared by any
one or more other persons, as they think fit.
(5) Any determination made
by the Commission under sub-paragraph (4) shall be published by them in
such manner as they think fit.
(6) In this
paragraph ā
(a) āprogrammeā
includes part of a programme, and
(b) references
to watching a programme do not include references to watching it outside the
British Islands.
(7) If it appears to the
Secretary of State that there has been a significant change in the audience
measurement practices prevailing in the television industry, the Secretary of
State may, after consulting the Commission, make such amendments of
sub-paragraphs (1), (3) and (6) as he considers appropriate for the
purpose of taking account of that change.
Restrictions
on holding of licences to provide Channel 3 services or Channel 5
(1) No one person may at
any time hold a licence to provide a national Channel 3 service and a licence
to provide Channel 5.
(2) A person who holds a
licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service for a particular area may
not also hold any other licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service
for that area.
Limit
on the holding of licences to provide television multiplex services
(1) No one person may at
any time hold more than three licences to provide television multiplex
services.
(2) For the purposes of
sub-paragraph (1), a person who is a participant with more than a
20 per cent. interest in a body corporate which holds a licence to
provide a television multiplex service but does not control that body shall be
treated as holding the licence held by that body.
(3) No one person may at
any time, in relation to each of five or more licences to provide television
multiplex services, be either the holder of the licence or a participant with
more than a 10 per cent. interest in a body corporate which holds the
licence.
(4) In relation to any
person who, under any arrangement with the BBC, provides a television multiplex
service for the BBC (on a frequency which is not assigned to the Commission
under section 6(1) of the 1996 Act) ā
(a) sub-paragraph (1)
shall have effect as if the reference to three licences were a reference to two
licences, and
(b) sub-paragraph (3)
shall have effect as if the reference to five licences were a reference to four
licences.
(5) The Secretary of State
may by order ā
(a) amend
sub-paragraphs (1) to (4) by substituting a different numerical limit or
percentage for any numerical limit or percentage for the time being specified
there,
(b) designate
any television multiplex service as a regional multiplex service for the
purposes of this sub-paragraph, and
(c) prescribe
restrictions on the holding by any one person of two or more licences to
provide regional multiplex services whose coverage areas are to a significant
extent the same.
(6) The Secretary of State
shall not designate any television multiplex service as a regional television
multiplex service for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) unless less than
half of the population of the United Kingdom is resident within the proposed
coverage area of the service.
Limits
on the holding, by persons providing digital programme services, of licences to
provide other categories of service
(1) The Secretary of State
may by order prescribe restrictions on the holding, by a person who is
providing a digital programme service by means of a television multiplex
service designated by order under paragraph 5(5)(b) as a regional
multiplex service, of a licence to provide any service specified in
sub-paragraph (2) whose coverage area is to a significant extent the same
as that of the digital programme service.
(2) The services referred
to in sub-paragraph (1) are ā
(a) a
regional Channel 3 service,
(b) a
local radio service, and
(c) a
local radio multiplex service.
(3) The Secretary of State
may also by order prescribe restrictions on the provision by any one person at
any time of both ā
(a) a
digital programme service by means of a television multiplex service which is
designated by order under paragraph 5(5)(b) as a regional multiplex
service, and
(b) a
digital sound programme service whose coverage area is to a significant extent
the same as that of the digital programme service.
Limit
in relation to provision of digital programme services
(1) No person holding a
licence to provide digital programme services may, at any time before such day
as the Secretary of State may by order appoint for the purposes of this
paragraph, provide digital programme services by means of two or more
television multiplex services if the number of points attributable to those
digital programme services (calculated in accordance with this paragraph)
exceeds the permitted maximum.
(2) Subject to
sub-paragraphs (3) to (5), the number of points attributable to any
digital programme service is two.
(3) Where ā
(a) the
population within the coverage area of a digital programme service is less than
half of the population within the coverage area of the television multiplex
service by means of which it is provided, or
(b) a
digital programme service is provided by means of a television multiplex
service designated by the Secretary of State by order under paragraph 5(5)(b)
as a regional multiplex service, or
(c) average
weekly air time in relation to a digital programme service is at least
12 hours but less than 50 hours, or
(d) in
the case of a digital programme service which was first provided after the
beginning of the relevant period, the applicant has notified the Commission of
his intention to provide a service in relation to which average weekly air time
will be at least 12 hours but less than 50 hours,
the number of points attributable to that digital programme service
is one.
(4) Subject to
sub-paragraph (5), where ā
(a) average
weekly air time in relation to a digital programme service is less than
12 hours, or
(b) in the case of a digital programme service which was first
provided after the beginning of the relevant period, the applicant has notified
the Commission of his intention to provide a service in relation to which
average weekly air time will be less than 12 hours,
no points are attributable to that digital programme service.
(5) Where the average weekly
air time in relation to each of two or more digital programme services
(āthe relevant servicesā) provided by any one holder of a licence
to provide digital programme services is less than 12 hours, the relevant
services shall be treated for the purposes of this paragraph as if they were
one service with an average weekly air time equal to the aggregate of the
average weekly air times in relation to the relevant services.
(6) For the purposes of
sub-paragraphs (3) to (5), as they have effect in relation to the
operation of sub-paragraph (1) at any time ā
(a) āthe
relevant periodā means the period of 13 weeks ending with the last
week falling wholly within the previous calendar month, and
(b) āaverage
weekly air timeā, in relation to a digital programme service, means the
average number of hours per week for which the service has been broadcast
during the relevant period;
and in this sub-paragraph āweekā means a week ending
with Saturday.
(7) The permitted maximum
shall be determined by reference to the total number of points attributable to
all digital programme services being provided by the holders of licences to
provide such services, as follows ā
(a) where
the total number of points is not more than 10, the permitted maximum is 2,
(b) where
the total number of points is more than 10 but less than 24, the permitted
maximum is 4, and
(c) where
the total number of points is 24 or more, the permitted maximum is one quarter
of that total.
(8) For the purposes of
this paragraph a person who holds a licence to provide digital programme
services and is a participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest
in a body corporate which also holds such a licence, but who does not control
that body, shall be taken to provide any digital programme services provided by
that body.
(9) The Secretary of State
may by order amend this paragraph ā
(a) by
altering the number of points for the time being attributable to digital
programme services falling within sub-paragraph (2), (3) or (4),
(b) by
substituting a different number of hours for the number for the time being
specified in sub-paragraph (3), (4) or (5),
(c) by
substituting different numbers for any numbers for the time being specified in
sub-paragraph (7), and
(d) by
substituting a different percentage for the percentage for the time being
specified in sub-paragraph (8).
(10) An order under this paragraph shall
be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
Parliament.
Limits
in relation to licences to provide radio services
(1) No one person may, at
any time before such day as the Secretary of State may by order appoint for the
purposes of this paragraph (in this paragraph referred to as āthe
appointed dayā) hold two or more licences to provide services falling
within one or more of the categories specified in paragraph 1(3)(a) or (b)
such that the total number of points attributable to those services, calculated
in accordance with paragraph 9, exceeds 15 per cent. of the
total number of points so calculated attributable to all such services in respect
of which licences are in force or have been awarded.
(2) No one person may, at
any time on or after the appointed day ā
(a) hold
two or more licences to provide services falling within one or more of the
categories specified in paragraph 1(3)(a), (b) or (g) such that the total
number of points attributable to those services, calculated in accordance with
paragraph 9, exceeds 15 per cent. of the total number of points so
calculated attributable to ā
(i) all national or
local radio services in respect of which licences are in force or have been
awarded, and
(ii) all national or
local digital sound programme services which are being provided, or
(b) hold
a licence to provide services falling within the category specified in
paragraph 1(3)(g) and provide two or more services falling within that
category such that the total number of points attributable to those services,
calculated in accordance with paragraph 9, exceeds 15 per cent.
of the total number of points so calculated attributable to all the services
referred to in paragraph (a)(i) or (ii).
(3) Before making an order
appointing a day for the purposes of this paragraph, the Secretary of State
shall consult the Authority.
Calculation
of points for purposes of paragraph 8
(1) For the purposes of paragraph
8, to the categories of national or local radio services and national or local
digital sound programme services set out in the Table below there shall be
attributed points according to that Table.
Category of service
|
Points
|
National
radio service or national digital sound programme service............................................................................................
|
25
|
Category A
local radio service or Category A local digital sound programme service................................................................
|
15
|
Category B
local radio service or Category B local digital sound programme service................................................................
|
8
|
Category C
local radio service or Category C local digital sound programme service................................................................
|
3
|
Category D
local radio service or Category D local digital sound programme service................................................................
|
1
|
(2) For the purposes of the
Table a local radio service or local digital sound programme service
falls ā
(a) into
category A if the number of persons over the age of 15 resident in the
coverage area of that service exceeds 4.5 million;
(b) into
category B if the number of such persons exceeds 1 million but does
not exceed 4.5 million;
(c) into
category C if the number of such persons exceeds 400,000 but does not
exceed 1 million; and
(d) into
category D if the number of such persons does not exceed 400,000.
(3) No points shall be
attributed to a national or local digital sound programme service unless the
service is being provided.
(4) In the case of a
national or local radio service provided on an amplitude modulated (AM)
frequency the relevant number of points attributable to the service by virtue
of the Table shall be reduced by one third.
(5) A service which, on the
day on which the licence to provide it is granted, falls into a particular
category for the purposes of the Table shall continue to be regarded as falling
into that category so long as any increase or decrease in the relevant number
of persons over the age of 15 (which would otherwise take the service outside
that category) does not exceed 10 per cent.
(6) A person who is a
participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in a body
corporate which is the holder of a licence to provide a national or local radio
service, but who does not control that body, shall for the purposes of
paragraph 8 be treated as the holder of a licence to provide a national or
local service to which one half of the points which would otherwise be attributable
to such a service are attributed.
(7) A person who is a
participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in a body
corporate which provides a national or local digital sound programme service,
but who does not control that body, shall for the purposes of paragraph 8
be treated as providing a national or local digital sound programme service to
which one half of the points which would otherwise be attributable to such a
service are attributed.
Power
to amend paragraphs 8 and 9
(1) The Secretary of State
may by order make such amendments of paragraphs 8 and 9 as he thinks fit for
the purposes of including restricted radio services among the services referred
to in any provision of paragraph 8 and of providing for the calculation of the
points to be attributed to any such service, or any category of such service.
(2) The Secretary of State
may by order amend paragraph 9 ā
(a) by
substituting different categories for the categories for the time being set out
in the Table in sub-paragraph (1) and in sub-paragraph (2) or adding
further categories,
(b) by
substituting a different number of points for the number of points for the time
being attributed to each category,
(c) by
substituting different population figures for those for the time being
specified in sub-paragraph (2),
(d) by
substituting a different age for the age for the time being specified in
sub-paragraph (2)(a) and (5),
(e) by
substituting a different fraction for the fraction for the time being specified
in sub-paragraph (4) or repealing that sub-paragraph, or
(f) by
substituting a different percentage for the percentage for the time being
specified in sub-paragraphs (6) and (7) in relation to an interest in a
body corporate or a different fraction for the fraction for the time being
specified in those sub-paragraphs in relation to the points to be attributed to
a person falling within either of those sub-paragraphs.
Limits
in relation to licences to provide national radio services, radio multiplex
services or digital sound programme services
(1) No one person may at
any time hold more than one licence to provide a national radio service.
(2) No one person may at
any time ā
(a) hold
more than one licence to provide a national radio multiplex service, or
(b) hold
a licence to provide national digital sound programme services and provide more
than one national digital sound programme service.
(3) For the purposes of
sub-paragraph (2)(a) a person who is a participant with more than a
20 per cent. interest in a body corporate which holds a licence to
provide a radio multiplex service but does not control that body shall be
treated as holding the licence held by that body.
(4) No one person may at
any time ā
(a) hold
a licence to provide a radio multiplex service and be a participant with more than
a 10 per cent. interest in more than one body corporate which holds
any other such licence, or
(b) be
a participant with more than a 10 per cent. interest in each of three
or more bodies corporate which hold such licences.
(5) The Secretary of State
may by order ā
(a) amend
sub-paragraph (1), (2) or (4) by substituting a different numerical limit
for any numerical limit for the time being specified there, and
(b) amend
sub-paragraph (3) or (4) by substituting a different percentage for any
percentage for the time being specified there.
Limits
in relation to licences to provide local radio services in overlapping areas
(1) No one person may at
any time hold any two licences to provide local radio services which share a
potential audience unless either
(a) one
of the licences is an AM licence and the other is an FM licence, or
(b) the
Authority have determined that in all the circumstances, having regard to the
matters specified in sub-paragraph (4), the holding by that person of the
licences in question could not be expected to operate against the public
interest within the area concerned.
(2) No one person may at
any time hold any three licences to provide local radio services any of which
shares a potential audience with each of the other two services
unless ā
(a) the
licences include both an AM licence and an FM licence, and
(b) the
Authority have determined that in all the circumstances, having regard to the
matters specified in sub-paragraph (4), the holding by that person of the
licences in question could not be expected to operate against the public
interest within the area concerned.
(3) No one person may at
any time hold any four or more licences to provide local radio services any of
which shares a potential audience with each of the other services.
(4) The matters referred to
in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) are ā
(a) any
reduction in plurality of ownership of local radio services within the area
concerned that would result from a decision to allow the licences to be held
together, and
(b) the
likely effect of such a decision on ā
(i) the range of
programmes available by way of independent radio services to persons living in
the area concerned, and
(ii) diversity in the
sources of information available to the public in the area concerned and in the
opinions expressed on local radio services received in that area.
(5) For the purposes of
this paragraph two local radio services share a potential audience if, but only
if, the potential audience of one service includes more than half of the
potential audience of the other service.
(6) This paragraph has
effect subject to paragraph 13.
(7) In this
paragraph ā
āAM licenceā means a licence to provide a local radio
service on an amplitude modulated frequency,
āFM licenceā means a licence to provide such a service
on a frequency modulated frequency, and
āpotential audienceā, in relation to a local radio
service, means the persons over the age referred to in paragraph 9(2)(a)
who reside in the coverage area of that service.
Power
by order to impose different restrictions in place of paragraph 12
The Secretary of State may by order provide that, where a digital
sound programme service is provided in any area, the holding by any one person
of two or more licences to provide in that area local radio services which for
the purposes of paragraph 12 share a potential audience with each other or
with each of the others shall, instead of being subject to the restrictions
specified in paragraph 12, be subject to other restrictions specified in
the order.
Limits
in relation to provision of local digital sound programme services
(1) Subject to
sub-paragraph (2), no one person holding a licence to provide local
digital sound programme services may at any time provide more than one
non-simulcast service by means of a particular local radio multiplex service.
(2) Where ā
(a) the
coverage area of the local radio multiplex service is to a significant extent
the same as that of another local radio multiplex service, and
(b) the
person concerned is not providing any non-simulcast service by means of that
other local radio multiplex service,
sub-paragraph (1) shall have effect as if the reference to one
non-simulcast service were a reference to two such services.
(3) In this paragraph
ānon-simulcast serviceā means any local digital sound programme
service other than one which ā
(a) is
provided by a person who holds a licence to provide a local radio service, and
(b) corresponds
to that local radio service.
(4) For the purposes of
sub-paragraph (3)(b) a local digital sound programme service corresponds
to a local radio service if, and only if, in every calendar month ā
(a) at
least 80 per cent. of so much of the local radio service as consists
of programmes, consists of programmes which are also included in the local
digital sound programme service in that month, and
(b) at
least 50 per cent. of so much of the local radio service as consists
of such programmes is broadcast at the same time on both services.
(5) The Secretary of State
may by order ā
(a) amend
sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) by substituting a different numerical limit for
any numerical limit for the time being specified there, and
(b) amend
sub-paragraph (4)(a) or (b) by substituting a different percentage for any
percentage for the time being specified there.
(6) In subsection (4)
āprogrammeā does not include an advertisement.
Further
restrictions on holding of licences of different descriptions
(1) No one person may at
any time hold ā
(a) a
licence to provide a national Channel 3 service or Channel 5, and
(b) a
licence to provide a national radio service.
(2) No one person may at
any time hold ā
(a) a
licence to provide a local radio service or local digital sound programme
services, and
(b) a
licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service whose coverage area is to
a significant extent the same as that of the local radio service or of any
local digital sound programme service provided by him.
Power
to impose additional limits in relation to licences to provide television or
radio services
(1) The Secretary of State
may, in the case of ā
(a) any
category of relevant services specified in paragraph 1(2)(b), (c), (d) or
(f), or
(b) any
category of relevant services specified in paragraph 1(3)(c) or (e),
by order prescribe the maximum number of licences which may at any
time be held by any one person to provide relevant services falling within that
category.
(2) The Secretary of State
may by order impose, in relation to any category of relevant services specified
in paragraph 1(2)(a) or (b) or paragraph 1(3)(a), (b) or (f) or under
sub-paragraph (1), limits on the holding of licences to provide relevant
services falling within that category which are additional to the limits
specified in paragraphs 2 to 15 or under that sub-paragraph and are
framed ā
(a) by
reference to any specified circumstances relating to the holders of the
licences in question or to the services to be provided under them, or
(b) (in
the case of licences granted by the Commission) by reference to matters
determined by them under the order.
(3) Without prejudice to
the generality of sub-paragraph (2), an order made under that
sub-paragraph may impose on the holder of a licence to provide any specified
category of relevant services specified in paragraph 1(3) limits framed
(directly or indirectly) by reference to either or both of the following
matters, namely ā
(a) the
number of licences of any one or more specified descriptions which are held by
him or by any body controlled by him; and
(b) his
participation, to any specified extent, in any body corporate which is the
holder of any licence or licences of any one or more such descriptions.
(4) Where a person
holds ā
(a) a
licence to provide a domestic satellite service,
(b) a
licence to provide a non-domestic satellite service, or
(c) a
licence to provide a satellite radio service,
which, in accordance with section 44(2), 45(3) or 86(2),
authorises the provision of a multichannel service, he shall be treated for the
purposes of any order under sub-paragraph (1) as holding such number of
licences to provide domestic satellite services, non-domestic satellite
services or (as the case may be) satellite radio services as corresponds to the
number of channels on which the service may be provided.
(5) In sub-paragraph (4) ā
(a) āmultichannel
serviceā means a service which to any extent consists in the simultaneous
transmission of different programmes on different frequencies; and
(b) any
reference to the number of channels on which such a service may be provided is
a reference to the number of different frequencies involved.
(6) Where a person who
holds a licence to provide any of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4)(a),
(b) or (c) provides that service by broadcasting two or more programmes
simultaneously in digital form on a single frequency, he shall be treated for
the purposes of any order under sub-paragraph (1) as holding such number
of licences as corresponds to the number of programmes that are simultaneously
transmitted.
(1) Subject to
sub-paragraph (2), for the purposes of ā
(a) paragraphs
2 to 15, and
(b) any
order under paragraph 13 or 16(1) or (2),
a person shall be treated as holding a licence if the licence is
held by a person connected with him and shall be treated as providing a service
if the service is provided by a person connected with him.
(2) For the purposes of
paragraph 12 and any order under paragraph 13, a person shall not be
treated as holding a licence to provide a local radio service merely because he
is a director of a body corporate which holds the licence.
(3) Any provision of
paragraphs 2 to 14 which refers to a person's participation in a body corporate
shall have effect as if he and every person connected with him were one
person.ā
PART IV
PROVISIONS
SUBSTITUTED FOR PART IV OF SCHEDULE 2
11
For Part IV of Schedule 2[97] there is substituted ā
āPART
IV
RESTRICTIONS
ON CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN BOTH NEWSPAPERS AND LICENSED SERVICES
Meaning
of ārelevant authorityā
In this Part of this Schedule āthe relevant
authorityā ā
(a) in relation to any restriction
having effect in relation to any licence which has been or may be granted by
the Commission, means the Commission, and
(b) in relation to any
restriction having effect in relation to any licence which has been or may be
granted by the Authority, means the Authority.
National
and local newspapers and their respective national and local market shares
(1) In this Part of this
Schedule references to a national or local newspaper are (subject to
sub-paragraph (3)) references to a national or local newspaper circulating
wholly or mainly in the United Kingdom or in a part of the United Kingdom.
(2) Where a newspaper is
published in different regional editions on the same day, the relevant
authority may determine, having regard to all the circumstances, whether those
regional editions are to be treated for the purposes of this Part of this
Schedule as constituting one national newspaper, two or more local newspapers
or one national newspaper and one or more local newspapers.
(3) The relevant authority may
determine that a newspaper which would otherwise be neither a national nor a
local newspaper for the purposes of this Part of this Schedule shall be treated
as a national or (as the case may be) a local newspaper for the purposes of any
particular restriction imposed by or under this Part of this Schedule if it
appears to them to be appropriate for the newspaper to be so treated having
regard to its circulation or influence in the United Kingdom or (as the case
may be) in a part of the United Kingdom.
(4) For the purposes of
this Part of this Schedule, the ānational market shareā of any
national newspaper at any time in a calendar month is the total number of
copies of that newspaper sold in the United Kingdom in the six months ending
with the last day of the previous month, expressed as a percentage of the total
number of copies of all national newspapers sold in the United Kingdom in those
six months.
(5) For the purposes of
this Part of this Schedule, the ālocal market shareā of any local
newspaper in any area at any time in a calendar month is the total number of
copies of that newspaper sold in that area in the six months ending with the
last day of the previous month, expressed as a percentage of the total number
of copies of all local newspapers sold in that area in those six months.
(6) For the purposes of
sub-paragraphs (4) and (5), the relevant authority may estimate the
numbers of copies of any newspaper sold in the United Kingdom, or in any area,
during any period in such manner, or by reference to such statistics prepared
by any other person, as they think fit.
(7) In relation to any
newspaper which is distributed free of charge rather than being sold,
references in sub-paragraphs (4) to (6) to the number of copies sold shall
have effect as references to the number of copies distributed.
Other
interpretative provisions
(1) For the purposes of
this Part of this Schedule a person runs a national or local newspaper
if ā
(a) he
is the proprietor of the newspaper, or
(b) he
controls a body which is the proprietor of the newspaper.
(2) Paragraph 1(4) in
Part III of this Schedule shall have effect for the purposes of this Part
of this Schedule as it has effect for the purposes of Part III.
Restrictions on common control etc.
(1) No person who runs a
national newspaper which for the time being has, or national newspapers which
for the time being together have, a national market share of
20 per cent. or more may hold a licence to provide ā
(a) a
regional or national Channel 3 service or Channel 5, or
(b) a
national or local radio service.
(2) A licence to provide a
regional Channel 3 service may not be held by a person who runs a local
newspaper which for the time being has, or local newspapers which for the time
being together have, a local market share of 20 per cent. or more in
the coverage area of the service.
(3) A licence to provide
digital programme services may not be held by a person who runs a local
newspaper which for the time being has, or local newspapers which for the time
being together have, a local market share of 20 per cent. or more in
the coverage area of any digital programme service provided under the licence.
(4) For the purposes of
this paragraph a person shall be treated as holding a licence if the licence is
held by a person connected with him.
Restrictions
on participation
(1) No proprietor of a
national newspaper which for the time being has, or of national newspapers
which for the time being together have, a national market share of
20 per cent. or more shall be a participant with more than a
20 per cent. interest in a body corporate which is the holder of a
licence to provide any of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4).
(2) No person who is the
holder of a licence to provide any of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4)
shall be a participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in a
body corporate which runs a national newspaper which has, or two or more
national newspapers which together have, a national market share of
20 per cent. or more.
(3) No body corporate in
which a person who runs a national newspaper which has, or national newspapers
which together have, a national market share of 20 per cent. or more
is a participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest, shall be a
participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in a body
corporate which holds a licence to provide any of the services specified in
sub-paragraph (4).
(4) The services referred
to in sub-paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) are ā
(a) a
regional or national Channel 3 service or Channel 5, and
(b) national
or local radio services.
(5) The Secretary of State
may by order amend sub-paragraph (1), (2) or (3) by substituting a
different percentage interest in a body corporate for the percentage for the
time being specified there.
(6) Any restriction imposed
by this paragraph on participation in a body corporate which is the holder of a
particular kind of licence shall apply equally to participation in a body
corporate which controls the holder of such a licence.
(7) Any restriction on
participation imposed by this paragraph ā
(a) on
the proprietor of any newspaper, or
(b) on
the holder of any licence,
shall apply as if he and every person connected with him were one
person.
Holding
of local radio licence by person running local newspapers with at least 50 per
cent local market share
(1) A licence to provide a
local radio service may not be held by a person who runs a local newspaper
which has, or local newspapers which for the time being together have, a local
market share of 50 per cent. or more in the coverage area of the
service unless ā
(a) the
service in question shares a potential audience with another local radio
service, but
(b) he
does not hold any other licence to provide a local radio service whose coverage
area is to any extent the same as the coverage area of the service in question.
(2) The reference in
sub-paragraph (1) to sharing a potential audience shall be construed in
accordance with paragraph 12(5) in Part III of this Schedule.
(3) For the purposes of
this paragraph a person shall be treated as holding a licence if the licence is
held by a person connected with him.
Further
restrictions on holding of local radio licences by a person who runs a local
newspaper
(1) No person who runs a
local newspaper which for the time being has, or local newspapers which for the
time being together have, a local market share of 20 per cent. or
more in each of the relevant areas may hold any three licences to provide local
radio services any of which shares a potential audience with each of the other
services.
(2) No person who runs a
local newspaper which for the time being has, or local newspapers which for the
time being together have, a local market share of 20 per cent. or
more in both the relevant areas may hold any two licences to provide local
radio services which share a potential audience, unless one of the licences is
an AM licence and the other is an FM licence.
(3) In sub-paragraphs (1)
and (2) ā
(a) āthe
relevant areasā means the coverage areas of the local radio services in
question,
(b) references
to sharing a potential audience shall be construed in accordance with
sub-paragraph (5) of paragraph 12 in Part III of this Schedule,
and
(c) āAM
licenceā and āFM licenceā have the same meaning as in that
paragraph.
(4) For the purposes of
this paragraph a person shall be treated as holding a licence if the licence is
held by a person connected with him.
(5) This paragraph has
effect subject to paragraph 8.
Power
by order to impose different restrictions in place of paragraph 7
(1) The Secretary of State
may by order provide that, where a digital sound programme service is provided
in any area, the holding, by a person who runs a local newspaper or local
newspapers as mentioned in paragraph 7(1), of two or more licences to
provide in that area local radio services which for the purposes of paragraph 7
share a potential audience with each other or with each of the others shall,
instead of being subject to the restrictions specified in paragraph 7, be
subject to other restrictions specified in the order.
(2) For the purposes of any
order under sub-paragraph (1), a person shall be treated as holding a
licence if the licence is held by a person connected with him.
Additional
restrictions applying where control of or by newspaper proprietor may operate
against public interest
(1) A licence to provide
any of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4) may not be granted to a
body corporate which is, or is connected with, the proprietor of a national or
local newspaper if the relevant authority determine that in all the
circumstances the holding of the licence by that body corporate could be
expected to operate against the public interest.
(2) Subject to
sub-paragraph (3), a body corporate which holds a licence to provide any
of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4) shall not become, or become
connected with, the proprietor of a national or local newspaper and continue to
hold the licence if the relevant authority determine within the permitted
period that in all the circumstances the continued holding of the licence by
that body corporate operates, or could be expected to operate, against the
public interest.
(3) Sub-paragraph (2)
does not apply in any case where the body corporate holding the
licence ā
(a) is
already the proprietor of some other national or local newspaper, or is already
connected with such a proprietor, and
(b) does
not become connected with any other person who holds a licence to provide any
of the services specified in sub-paragraph (4).
(4) The services referred
to in sub-paragraphs (1) to (3) are ā
(a) a
national Channel 3 service or Channel 5,
(b) a national radio service, and
(c) national digital sound programme services.
(5) Subject to
sub-paragraph (6), in this paragraph āthe permitted periodā
means a period beginning with the day on which the licence holder becomes, or
becomes connected with, the proprietor of the national or local newspaper
(āthe relevant dayā) and ending ā
(a) in
a case where the licence holder has, before the relevant day, notified the
relevant authority that he will become, or become connected with, the
proprietor of that national or local newspaper on that day, at the end of the
period of three months beginning with the relevant day, or
(b) in
any other case, at the end of the period of three months beginning with the day
on which the licence holder notifies the relevant authority that he has become,
or has become connected with, the proprietor of that national or local
newspaper.
(6) The relevant authority
may in a particular case, after consultation with the licence holder, notify
him, before the time when the permitted period would (apart from this
sub-paragraph) have ended, that the permitted period in that case is to be
calculated as if the references in sub-paragraph (5) to three months were
references to such longer period specified in the notification as the relevant
authority reasonably consider necessary in the circumstances.
(7) Nothing in any of the
preceding provisions of this Schedule shall be construed as affecting the
operation of this paragraph or paragraph 10 or 11.
(1) A licence to provide a
regional Channel 3 service or a local radio service may not be granted to
a body corporate which is, or is connected with, the proprietor of a national
newspaper or a relevant local newspaper if the relevant authority determine
that in all the circumstances the holding of the licence by that body corporate
could be expected to operate against the public interest.
(2) Subject to
sub-paragraph (3), a body corporate which holds a licence to provide a
regional Channel 3 service or a local radio service shall not become, or
become connected with, the proprietor of a national newspaper and continue to
hold the licence if the relevant authority determine within the permitted
period that in all the circumstances the continued holding of the licence by
that body corporate operates, or could be expected to operate, against the
public interest.
(3)
Sub-paragraph (2) does not apply in any case where the body corporate
holding the licence ā
(a) is
already the proprietor of some other national newspaper or is already connected
with such a proprietor, and
(b) does
not become connected with ā
(i) any other person
who holds a licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service or a local
radio service, or
(ii) any person who
holds a licence to provide digital programme services and is providing a
service under that licence.
(4) Subject to
sub-paragraph (5), a body corporate which holds a licence to provide a
regional Channel 3 service or a local radio service shall not become, or
become connected with, the proprietor of a relevant local newspaper and
continue to hold the licence if the relevant authority determine within the
permitted period that in all the circumstances the continued holding of the
licence by that body corporate operates, or could be expected to operate,
against the public interest.
(5) Sub-paragraph (4)
does not apply in any case where the body corporate which holds the
licence ā
(a) is
already the proprietor of some other local newspaper which is a relevant local
newspaper in relation to the service referred to in that sub-paragraph, or is
already connected with such a proprietor, and
(b) does
not become connected with ā
(i) any other person
who holds a licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service or local radio
service in relation to which that other local newspaper is also a relevant
local newspaper, or
(ii) any person who
holds a licence to provide digital programme services and is providing a
service under that licence in relation to which that other local newspaper is
also a relevant local newspaper.
(6) For the purposes of
this paragraph a local newspaper is a ārelevant local newspaperā,
in relation to any service, if it serves an area which is to a significant
extent the same as the coverage area of the service.
(7) In this paragraph
āthe permitted periodā has the meaning given by paragraph 9(5)
and (6).
(1) A body corporate which
holds a licence to provide digital programme services and is, or is connected
with, the proprietor of a national newspaper or a relevant local newspaper,
shall not begin to provide a digital programme service if the Commission
determine before the end of the period specified in sub-paragraph (2) that
in all the circumstances the provision of that service by that body corporate
could be expected to operate against the public interest.
(2) The period referred to
in sub-paragraph (1) is the period of three months beginning with the day
on which the Commission are notified pursuant to section 19(3) of the 1996
Act of an agreement to provide the digital programme service, or such longer
period beginning with that day as the Commission may in a particular case,
after consultation with the licence holder, notify him during those three
months as being the period which they reasonably consider necessary in the
circumstances.
(3) Subject to
sub-paragraph (4), a body corporate which is providing a digital programme
service shall not become, or become connected with, the proprietor of a
national newspaper and continue to provide the service if the Commission
determine within the permitted period that in all the circumstances the
continued provision of the service by that body corporate operates, or could be
expected to operate, against the public interest.
(4) Sub-paragraph (3)
does not apply in any case where the body corporate which is providing the
digital programme service ā
(a) is
already the proprietor of some other national newspaper or is already connected
with such a proprietor, and
(b) does
not become connected with ā
(i) the holder of a
licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service or a local radio service,
or
(ii) the holder of
another licence to provide digital programme services who is providing a
service under that licence.
(5) Subject to
sub-paragraph (6), a body corporate which is providing a digital programme
service shall not become, or become connected with, the proprietor of a
relevant local newspaper and continue to provide the service if the Commission
determine within the permitted period that in all the circumstances the
continued provision of the service by that body corporate operates, or could be
expected to operate, against the public interest.
(6) Sub-paragraph (5)
does not apply in any case where the body corporate which is providing the digital
programme service ā
(a) is
already the proprietor of some other local newspaper which is a relevant local
newspaper in relation to the service referred to in that sub-paragraph, or is
already connected with such a proprietor, and
(b) does
not become connected with ā
(i) the holder of a
licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service or local radio service in
relation to which that other local newspaper is also a relevant local
newspaper, or
(ii) the holder of
another licence to provide digital programme services who is providing a
service under that licence in relation to which that other local newspaper is
also a relevant local newspaper.
(7) In this
paragraph ā
(a) references
to a relevant local newspaper shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 10(6),
and
(b) āthe
permitted periodā has the meaning given by paragraph 9(5) and (6).
(1) Notice may be given to
the relevant authority in accordance with this paragraph of proposed
arrangements which might result ā
(a) in
the application of paragraph 9(2) to a body corporate which holds a
licence to provide any of the services specified in paragraph 9(4),
(b) in
the application of paragraph 10(2) or (4) to a body corporate which holds
a licence to provide a regional Channel 3 service or a local radio
service, or
(c) in
the application of paragraph 11(1), (3) or (5) to a body corporate which
holds a licence to provide digital programme services.
(2) A notice under
sub-paragraph (1) ā
(a) may
be given by the licence holder or any other person appearing to the relevant
authority to be concerned,
(b) shall
state that the existence of the proposal has been made public, and
(c) shall
be in such form as the relevant authority may require.
(3) The relevant authority
may, at any time before making a determination under this paragraph, require
the person who gave the notice to provide them with such further information
with respect to the notified arrangements as they think fit.
(4) The relevant authority
shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, determine whether in all the
circumstances, if the notified arrangements were carried into effect, the
continued holding of the licence by the body corporate could be expected to
operate against the public interest.
(5) If ā
(a) the
relevant authority determine, in relation to any notified arrangements, that
the fact referred to in sub-paragraph (4) could not be expected to operate
against the public interest, and
(b) the
notified arrangements are carried into effect within the period of
12 months beginning with the date of the determination,
the relevant authority may not make any determination under
paragraph 9(2), 10(2) or (4) or 11(1), (3) or (5) arising out of the
carrying into effect of the notified arrangements.
(6) Sub-paragraph (5)
does not prevent any determination under paragraph 9(2), 10(2) or (4) or
11(1), (3) or (5) being made if ā
(a) any
information given to the relevant authority in respect of the notified
arrangements by the person who gave the notice is in any material respect false
or misleading, or
(b) since
the making of the determination there has been a material change of
circumstances (other than such a change of which notice was given to the
relevant authority under sub-paragraph (3) before the making of the
determination).
(7) In this paragraph āthe
notified arrangementsā means the arrangements mentioned in the notice
under sub-paragraph (1) or arrangements not differing from them in any
material respect.
(1) The matters to which
the relevant authority shall have regard in determining, for the purposes of
paragraph 9, 10, 11 or 12, whether the holding of a licence by a body
corporate which is, or is connected with, the proprietor of a newspaper
operates, or could be expected to operate, against the public interest
include ā
(a) the
desirability of promoting ā
(i) plurality of
ownership in the broadcasting and newspaper industries, and
(ii) diversity in the
sources of information available to the public and in the opinions expressed on
television or radio or in newspapers,
(b) any
economic benefits (such as, for example, technical development or an increase
in employment or in the value of goods or services exported) that might be
expected to result from the holding of the licence by that body but could not
be expected to result from the holding of the licence by a body corporate which
was not, and was not connected with, the proprietor of a newspaper, and
(c) the
effect of the holding of the licence by that body on the proper operation of
the market within the broadcasting and newspaper industries or any section of
them.
(2) References in
paragraphs 9, 10, 11 and 12 to the public interest include references to the
public interest within any area of the United Kingdom.
In relation to any determination under paragraph 11(1), (3) or
(5), references in paragraphs 12 and 13 to the holding of the licence shall
have effect as references to the provision of the service.
Restricted
television services
(1) The Secretary of State
may by order
(a) prescribe
restrictions on the holding of one or more licences to provide restricted
television services by a person who runs a national or local newspaper, and
(b) apply
any of the provisions of paragraphs 9 to 13, with such modifications as may be
specified in the order, in relation to the holding of a licence to provide a
restricted television service.
(2) Any order under
sub-paragraph (1) may provide that, for the purposes of any provision of
the order, a person is to be treated as holding a licence if the licence is
held by a person connected with him.
(3) In this paragraph
ārestricted television serviceā means a restricted service within
the meaning of Part I of this Act.ā
PART V
AMENDMENTS
OF OTHER PROVISIONS OF 1990 ACT
12
(1) Section 5
of the 1990 Act (restrictions on the holding of licences) is amended as
follows.
(2) For
subsection (6)[98] there is substituted ā
ā(6) The Commission shall not
serve any such notice on the licence holder unless ā
(a) the
Commission have notified him of the matters complained of and given him a
reasonable opportunity of making representations to them about those matters,
and
(b) in
a case where the relevant change is one falling within
subsection (6A) ā
(i) they have also
given him an opportunity of complying with Parts III and IV of Schedule 2
within a period specified in the notification, and
(ii) the period
specified in the notification has elapsed.
(6A) A relevant change falls within this
subsection if it consists only in one or more of the following ā
(a) a
change in the percentage of total audience time attributable to one or more
services for the purposes of paragraph 2 of Part III of Schedule 2;
(b) a
change in the national market share (within the meaning of Part IV of that
Schedule) of one or more national newspapers (within the meaning of that Part
of that Schedule);
(c) a
change in the local market share (within the meaning of that Part of that
Schedule) in a particular area of one or more local newspapers (within the
meaning of that Part of that Schedule).
(6B) Where a licence has been granted in
a case where the Commission could have made a determination under
paragraph 9(1) or 10(1) of Part IV of Schedule 2 (if satisfied
that the fact mentioned in that provision could have been expected to operate
against the public interest), subsection (5) does not enable the licence
to be revoked merely because a change is such that the Commission would have
made such a determination in the new circumstances of the case.ā
(3) In
subsection (7) [99] ā
(a) after
paragraph (b) there is inserted ā
(c) any
other change giving rise to a failure to comply with any requirement imposed by
or under Schedule 2,ā, and
(b) for
ā(in either case)ā there is substituted ā(in any
case)ā.
13
(1) Section 88
of the 1990 Act (restrictions on the holding of licences) is amended as
follows.
(2) For
subsection (6)[100] there is substituted ā
ā(6) The Authority shall not serve
any such notice on the licence holder unless ā
(a) the
Authority have notified him of the matters complained of and given him a
reasonable opportunity of making representations to them about those matters,
and
(b) in
a case where the relevant change is one falling within
subsection (6A) ā
(i) they have also
given him an opportunity of complying with Parts III and IV of Schedule 2
within a period specified in the notification, and
(ii) the period
specified in the notification has elapsed.
(6A) A relevant change falls within this
subsection if it consists only in one or more of the following ā
(a) a
reduction in the total number of points, calculated in accordance with
paragraph 9 of Part III of Schedule 2, attributable to all the
services referred to in paragraph 8(1) or (2)(a) or (b) of that Part of
that Schedule;
(b) a
change in the national market share (within the meaning of Part IV of that
Schedule) of one or more national newspapers (within the meaning of that Part
of that Schedule);
(c) a
change in the local market share (within the meaning of that Part of that
Schedule) in a particular area of one or more local newspapers (within the
meaning of that Part of that Schedule).
(6B) Where a licence has been granted in
a case where the Authority could have made a determination under
paragraph 9(1) or 10(1) of Part IV of Schedule 2 (if satisfied
that the fact mentioned in that provision could have been expected to operate
against the public interest), subsection (5) does not enable the licence
to be revoked merely because a change is such that the Authority would have
made such a determination in the new circumstances of the case.ā
(3) In
subsection (7) ā
(a) after
paragraph (b) there is inserted ā
(c) any
other change giving rise to a failure to comply with any requirement imposed by
or under Schedule 2,ā, and
(b) for
ā(in either case)ā there is substituted ā(in any
case)ā.
SCHEDULE
3
Section 106(3)
BROADCASTING
STANDARDS COMMISSION: SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Interpretation
* * * * * * *
Status
and capacity
2
(1) The
BSC shall be a body corporate.
(2) The
BSC shall not be treated for the purposes of the enactments and rules of law
relating to the privileges of the Crown as a body exercising functions on
behalf of the Crown.
(3) It
shall be within the capacity of the BSC as a statutory corporation to do such
things and enter into such transactions as are incidental or conducive to the
discharge of their functions under this Act.
Appointment
of members
* * * * * * *
Tenure
of office
* * * * * * *
Remuneration
and pensions of members
* * * * * * *
Disqualification
of members of BSC for House of Commons and Northern Ireland Assembly
* * * * * * *
Proceedings
* * * * * * *
Employees
of the BSC
* * * * * * *
Financial
provisions
* * * * * * *
Authentication
of seal of BSC
12
(1) The
application of the seal of the BSC shall be authenticated by the signature of
the chairman or of some other person authorised for the purpose.
(2) Sub-paragraph (1)
does not apply in relation to any document which is or is to be signed in
accordance with the law of Scotland.
Presumption
of authenticity of documents issued by BSC
13
Any
document purporting to be an instrument issued by the BSC and to be duly
executed under the seal of the BSC or to be signed on behalf of the BSC shall
be received in evidence and shall be deemed to be such an instrument unless the
contrary is shown.
Accounts and audit
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULE
4
Section 128
SUPPLEMENTARY
PROVISIONS RELATINg TO DISSOLUTION OF BROADCASTING COMPLAINTS COMMISSION AND
BROADCASTING STANDARDS COUNCIL
Meaning
of āthe existing boardsā
1
In this Schedule
āthe existing boardsā has the same meaning as in section 128.
Provisions
as to vesting of property etc. of existing boards
2
(1) Sub-paragraph (2)
shall have effect for the purposes of, or in connection with, the vesting in
the BSC by virtue of section 128(2) of property, rights or liabilities of
the existing boards.
(2) Any
agreement made, transaction effected or other thing done by or in relation to
either of the existing boards which is in force or effective immediately before
the transfer date shall have effect as from that date as if made, effected or
done by or in relation to the BSC, in all respects as if the BSC were the same
person, in law, as that existing board; and accordingly references to either of
the existing boards ā
(a) in
any agreement (whether or not in writing) and in any deed, bond or instrument,
(b) in
any process or other document issued, prepared or employed for the purpose of
any proceeding before any court or other tribunal or authority, and
(c) in
any other document whatever (other than an enactment),
shall be taken as from the
transfer date as referring to the BSC.
3
(1) Where
immediately before the transfer date there is in force an agreement
which ā
(a) confers
or imposes on either of the existing boards any rights or liabilities which
vest in the BSC by virtue of section 128(2), and
(b) refers
(in whatever terms and whether expressly or by implication) to a member or
officer of that existing board,
the agreement shall have
effect, in relation to anything falling to be done on or after the transfer
date, as if for that reference there were substituted a reference to such person
as the BSC may appoint or, in default of appointment, to the member or employee
of the BSC who corresponds as nearly as possible to the member or officer of
that existing board.
(2) References
in this paragraph to an agreement include references to a deed, bond or other
instrument.
Pensions
4
(1) It
is hereby declared for the avoidance of doubt that section 128(2) is
effective to vest the rights and liabilities of either of the existing boards
under any agreement or arrangement for the payment of pensions, allowances or
gratuities in the BSC along with all other rights and liabilities of the
existing boards.
(2) Accordingly,
for the purposes of any such agreement or arrangement as it has effect as from
the transfer date, any period of employment with either of the existing boards
shall count as employment with the BSC.
Final
accounts and annual report of existing bodies
5
(1) The
Broadcasting Complaints Commission shall, as soon as possible after the
transfer date, prepare such a statement of accounts as is mentioned in
paragraph 12 of Schedule 13 to the 1990 Act[101] (accounts and audit) in respect of the period between ā
(a) the
end of the financial year for which the last such statement of accounts was
prepared by them under that paragraph, and
(b) the
transfer date,
whether that period is a
financial year or not; and that paragraph shall continue to apply on and after
that date in relation to the auditing of accounts kept in accordance with that
paragraph in respect of that period.
(2) The
Broadcasting Complaints Commission shall, as soon as possible after the
transfer date, prepare and submit to the Secretary of State, in accordance with
section 148 of the 1990 Act[102] (annual reports), such a report as is mentioned in
subsection (1) of that section in respect of the period
between ā
(a) the
end of the financial year for which the last such report was prepared by them
under that section, and
(b) the
transfer date,
whether that period is a
financial year or not.
(3) Subsection (2)
of that section shall apply to any such report as if the reference to the
statement of accounts for the year in question included references to the
statement of accounts prepared in accordance with sub-paragraph (1).
6
(1) The
Broadcasting Standards Council shall, as soon as possible after the transfer
date, prepare such a statement of accounts as is mentioned in paragraph 13
of Schedule 14 to the 1990 Act[103] (accounts and audit) in respect of the period between ā
(a) the
end of the financial year for which the last such statement of accounts was
prepared by them under that paragraph, and
(b) the
transfer date,
whether that period is a
financial year or not; and that paragraph shall continue to apply on and after
that date in relation to the auditing of accounts kept in accordance with that
paragraph in respect of that period.
(2) The
Broadcasting Standards Council shall, as soon as possible after the transfer
date, prepare and submit to the Secretary of State, in accordance with
section 160 of the 1990 Act[104] (annual reports), such a report as is mentioned in
subsection (1) of that section in respect of the period
between ā
(a) the
end of the financial year for which the last such report was prepared by them
under that section, and
(b) the
transfer date,
whether that period is a
financial year or not.
(3) Subsection (2)
of that section shall apply to any such report as if the reference to the
statement of accounts for the year in question included references to the
statement of accounts prepared in accordance with sub-paragraph (1).
7
(1) The
Secretary of State shall lay copies of any such report as is mentioned in
paragraph 5(2) or 6(2) before each House of Parliament.
(2) Any
expenses incurred by the Broadcasting Complaints Commission under
paragraph 5 or by the Broadcasting Standards Council under
paragraph 6 shall be met by the BSC.
Final
contributions towards cost of Broadcasting Complaints Commission
8
(1) For
the period referred to in paragraph 5(1), the Secretary of State shall
notify ā
(a) to
each regulatory body the sum which he considers to be the appropriate
contribution of that body, in respect of persons providing licensed services
under licences granted by that body, towards the expenses of the Broadcasting
Complaints Commission, and
(b) to
the Welsh Authority the sum which he considers to be the appropriate
contribution of that body towards such expenses.
(2) Each
regulatory body and the Welsh Authority shall pay to the Secretary of State any
sum notified to them under sub-paragraph (1).
SCHEDULES
5 TO 7
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULE
8
Section 136
AMENDMENTS
OF BROADCASTING ACT 1990 RELATING TO SERVICES PROVIDED BY bbc COMPANIES
Television
services
1
In section 3 of the
1990 Act (licences under Part I) after subsection (3)[105] there is inserted ā
ā(3A) Where the Commission are not satisfied that a
BBC company which has applied for a licence is a fit and proper person to hold
it, they shall, before refusing the application, notify the Secretary of State
that they are not so satisfied.ā
2
(1) Section 5
of that Act (restrictions on the holding of licences) is amended as follows.
(2) After
subsection (2)[106] there is inserted ā
ā(2A) Before revoking in pursuance of subsection (2)(b)
the award of a licence to a BBC company, the Commission shall give the
Secretary of State notice of their intention to do so, specifying the relevant
change.ā
(3) After
subsection (6B)[107] there is inserted ā
ā(6C) The Commission shall not serve any such notice
as is mentioned in subsection (5) on a BBC company unless they have given
the Secretary of State notice of their intention to do so, specifying the
relevant change.
(6D) Where the Commission receive any written
representations from a BBC company under subsection (6), they shall send a
copy of the representations to the Secretary of State.ā
3
After section 66 of that
Act[108] there is inserted ā
ā66A Enforcement of licences held by BBC companies
(1) Where the
Commission ā
(a) give
a direction to a BBC company under section 40(1),
(b) serve
a notice on a BBC company under any provision of section 41 or 42, or
(c) receive
any written representations from a BBC company under section 40(2), 41(3)
or 42(8),
the Commission shall send a copy of the direction, notice or
representations to the Secretary of State.
(2) References in
subsection (1) to any of the provisions of sections 40 to 42 are references to
that provision as applied ā
(a) by
section 42B(2), in relation to a licence to provide a restricted service,
(b) by
section 44(3), in relation to a licence to provide a domestic satellite
service,
(c) by
section 45(5), in relation to a licence to provide a non-domestic
satellite service,
(d) by
section 47(8), in relation to a licence to provide a licensable programme
service, or
(e) by
section 55(4), in relation to an additional services licence.ā
4
* * * * * * *
Radio
services
5
In section 86 of that
Act (licences under Part III) after subsection (4)[109] there is inserted ā
ā(4A) Where the Authority are not satisfied that a
BBC company which has applied for a licence is a fit and proper person to hold
it, they shall, before refusing the application, notify the Secretary of State
that they are not so satisfied.ā
6
(1) Section 88
of that Act (restrictions on the holding of licences) is amended as follows.
(2) After
subsection (2)[110] there is inserted ā
ā(2A) Before revoking in pursuance of
subsection (2)(b) the award of a licence to a BBC company, the Authority
shall give the Secretary of State notice of their intention to do so,
specifying the relevant change.ā
(3) After
subsection (6B)[111] there is inserted ā
ā(6C) The Authority shall not serve any such notice
as is mentioned in subsection (5) on a BBC company unless they have given
the Secretary of State notice of their intention to do so, specifying the
relevant change.
(6D) Where the Authority receive any written
representations from a BBC company under subsection (6), they shall send a
copy of the representations to the Secretary of State.ā
7
After section 111 of that
Act[112] there is inserted ā
ā111A Enforcement of licences held
by BBC companies
Where the Authority ā
(a) serve a notice on a BBC
company under any provision of section 109, 110 or 111, or
(b) receive any written
representations from a BBC company under section 109(4), 110(4) or 111(8),
the Authority shall send a copy of the direction, notice or
representations to the Secretary of State.ā
Meaning of
āBBC companyā for purposes of Broadcasting Act 1990
8
In section 202 of
that Act[113] (interpretation), after the definition of āthe BBCā
there is inserted ā
ā āa BBC companyā means ā
(a) any
body corporate which is controlled by the BBC, or
(b) any
body corporate in which the BBC or any body corporate falling within paragraph (a)
above is (to any extent) a participant (as defined in paragraph 1(1) of
Part I of Schedule 2);ā.
SCHEDULE
9
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULE
10
Section 148(1)
MINOR
AND CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS
PART I
AMENDMENTS
OF BROADCASTING ACT 1990 RELATING TO DIGITAL TERRESTRIAL BROADCASTING
1
(1) Section 2
of the 1990 Act (regulation by Commission of provision of television services)
is amended as follows.
(2) In
subsection (1)[114] ā
(a) after
āthis Partā there is inserted āand Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā, and
(b) after
paragraph (b) there is inserted ā
ā(c) multiplex
services (as defined by section 1(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1996) which are provided from places in the United Kingdom by persons
other than the BBC, and
(d) digital
additional services (as defined by section 24(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1996) which are provided from places in the United Kingdom by persons
other than the BBCā.
(3) In
subsection (2)[115] ā
(a) in
paragraph (a) after āPart IIā there is inserted
āand under Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā, and
(b) in
paragraph (b) ā
(i) after āthis
Partā there is inserted āand Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā,
(ii) after
ātelevision programme servicesā there is inserted āand
multiplex services (as defined by section 1(1) of that Act)ā, and
(iii) for
āsuch servicesā there is substituted ātelevision programme services.ā
(4) In
subsection (4),[116] in the definition of ātelevision programme serviceā,
after paragraph (c) there is inserted ā
(d) a
digital programme service (as defined by section 1(4) of the Broadcasting Act 1996).ā
(5) At
the end of subsection (5)[117] there is inserted ābut not including a restricted service (as
defined by section 42A) or a multiplex service (as defined by
section 1(1) of the Broadcasting
Act 1996)ā.
2
In section 13 of the
1990 Act[118] (prohibition on providing television services without a licence),
in subsection (1) ā
(a) for
āor (b)ā there is substituted ā,(b), (c) or (d)ā, and
(b) after
āthis Partā there is inserted āor Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā.
3
In section 69 of the
1990 Act (frequency planning and development), in subsection (4),[119] after āPart IIā there is inserted āor
Part I of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā.
4
* * * * * * *
5
In section 84 of the 1990
Act (regulation by Authority of independent radio services), in
subsection (1)[120] ā
(a) after
āthis Partā there is inserted āand Part II of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā, and
(b) after
paragraph (c) there is inserted ā
ā(d) radio
multiplex services (as defined by section 40(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1996) which are provided from places in the United Kingdom by persons
other than the BBC;
(e) digital
sound programme services (as defined by section 40(5) of that Act) which
are provided from places in the United Kingdom by persons other than the BBC;
and
(f) digital
additional services (as defined by section 63(1) of that Act) which are
provided from places in the United Kingdom by persons other than the
BBC;ā.
6
In section 85 of the
1990 Act (licensing functions of Authority), in subsection (3)[121] ā
(a) after
āindependent radio servicesā there is inserted āand services
falling within section 84(1)(d), (e) and (f)ā, and
(b) in
paragraph (a) after ālicensed servicesā there is inserted
ā(including digital sound programme services licensed under Part II
of the Broadcasting Act 1996)ā.
7
In section 97 of the
1990 Act (prohibition on providing independent radio services without a
licence), in subsection (1)[122] ā
(a) after
āindependent radio serviceā there is inserted āor any service
falling within section 84(1)(d), (e) or (f)ā, and
(b) after
āthis Partā there is inserted āor Part II of the Broadcasting Act 1996ā.
8
* * * * * * *
9
In section 126 of
the 1990 Act (interpretation of Part III), at the end of the definition of
āsound broadcasting serviceā[123] there is inserted ābut does not include a radio multiplex
service (as defined by section 40(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1996)ā.
10
* * * * * * *
11
In section 201 of
the 1990 Act (meaning of āprogramme serviceā), after paragraph (b)[124] there is inserted ā
ā(bb) any digital
sound programme service (within the meaning of Part II of the Broadcasting Act 1996)ā.
part
ii
other
amendments of broadcasting act 1990
12
In section 2 of the
1990 Act (regulation by Commission of provision of television services), in
subsection (4),[125] in the definition of ātelevision programme serviceā,
after paragraph (a) there is inserted ā
ā(aa) restricted
service (as defined by section 42A);ā.
13
In section 6 of the
1990 Act (general requirements as to licensed services), in subsection (8),[126] for āthe teletext service referred to in
section 49(2)ā there is substituted āa teletext
serviceā.
14
In section 33 of the
1990 Act (conditions requiring holder of Channel 3 or Channel 5
licence to deliver licensed service), in subsection (3),[127] after āsubsection (1)ā there is inserted āor
section 21A(3) or (4)ā.
15
(1) Section 43
of the 1990 Act (domestic and non-domestic satellite services) is amended as
follows.
(2) In
subsection (3),[128] after āshallā, where first occurring, there is inserted
āsubject to subsection (3A)ā.
(3) After
that subsection there is inserted ā
ā(3A) For the purposes of this Part, any non-domestic
satellite service which is composed by, and transmitted for, a BBC company, a
Channel 4 company or an S4C company ā
(a) shall
be regarded as provided by that company and not by the relevant broadcasting
body (even if the relevant broadcasting body is in a position to determine what
is to be included in the service), and
(b) shall
be regarded as provided from a place in the United Kingdom.ā
(4) At
the end of subsection (4)[129] there is inserted ā
ā ārelevant broadcasting bodyā
means ā
(a) in
relation to a BBC company, the BBC,
(b) in
relation to a Channel 4 company, the Channel Four Television Corporation,
and
(c) in
relation to an S4C company, the Welsh Authority.ā
16
* * * * * * *
17
In section 71 of the
1990 Act (interpretation of Part I), after the definition of
āregional Channel 3 serviceā[130] there is inserted ā
ā ārestricted serviceā has the meaning given
by section 42A;ā.
18
* * * * * * *
19
(1) Section 84
of the 1990 Act (regulation by Radio Authority of independent radio services)
is amended as follows.
(2) In
subsection (3),[131] after āshallā, where first occurring, there is inserted
āsubject to subsection (3A)ā.
(3) After
that subsection there is inserted ā
ā(3A) For the purposes of this Part, any satellite
service which is composed by, and transmitted for, a BBC company, a
Channel 4 company or an S4C company ā
(a) shall
be regarded as provided by that company and not by the relevant broadcasting
body (even if the relevant broadcasting body is in a position to determine what
is to be included in the service), and
(b) shall
be regarded as provided from a place in the United Kingdom.
(3B) In subsection (3A) ārelevant
broadcasting bodyā means ā
(a) in
relation to a BBC company, the BBC,
(b) in
relation to a Channel 4 company, the Channel Four Television Corporation,
and
(c) in
relation to an S4C company, the Welsh Authority.ā
20
* * * * * * *
21
In section 202(1) of the
1990 Act[132] (interpretation) ā
(a) after
the definition of ābroadcastā there is inserted ā
ā āa Channel 4 companyā means ā
(a) any
body corporate which is controlled by the Channel Four Television Corporation,
or
(b) any
body corporate in which the Corporation or any body corporate falling within
paragraph (a) above is (to any extent) a participant (as defined in
paragraph 1(1) of Part I of Schedule 2);ā
(b) in
the definition of āconnectedā, for ālicenceā there is
substituted āpersonā,
* * *
(c) *
*
*
*
*
22
* * * * * * *
23
* * * * * * *
24
* * * * * * *
25
* * * * * * *
26
* * * * * * *
PART III
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULE
11
Section 148(2)
REPEALS
AND REVOCATIONS
PART I
ENACTMENTS
REPEALED
Chapter
|
Short title
|
Extent of repeal
|
* * *
|
*
*
* * *
|
*
*
*
*
*
|
* * *
|
*
*
* * *
|
*
*
* *
*
|
1990 c.42
|
The Broadcasting Act 1990
|
In section 2,
in subsection (1)(a),[133] the second āandā and, in
subsection (4), in paragraph (b) of the definition of
ātelevision programme serviceā, the word āorā.
|
|
|
In section 32,
in subsection (9),[134] paragraph (b) and the word
āandā immediately preceding it, in subsection (10) the words
from āand for this purposeā onwards and in
subsection (13)(a), the word āandā.
|
|
|
[Section 45(8).][135]
|
|
|
*
*
*
* *
|
|
|
*
*
*
*
*
|
|
|
In section 84(1)(b),
the word āandā.[136]
|
|
|
Section 104(5) and
(6)(a).[137]
|
|
|
Sections 142 to 161.[138]
|
|
|
Section 182.[139]
|
|
|
In
section 202(2),[140] paragraph (a) and, in
paragraph (b), the words ā13,14ā.
|
|
|
In Schedule 2,[141] in Part I, paragraphs 1(4) and
2(2) and (3) and, in Part II, in paragraph 1(2)(e), the word
āorā and paragraph 5(c) and (d).
|
|
|
Schedules 13 and 14.[142]
|
|
|
*
*
*
*
*
|
|
|
*
*
*
*
*
|
PART II
* * * * * * *